Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Advertising Agencies / Emerald Holding, Inc.

Emerald Holding, Inc.

eex · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker eex
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Advertising Agencies
Employees 697
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Emerald Holding, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2 0 1 7   A N N UA L   R E P O R T

FROM THE CEO

To Our Shareholders,

2017 was a milestone year for Emerald Expositions, highlighted by our initial public offering in April. Our success has
stemmed from the commitment and hard work of our employees over the last several years. I would like to thank them for
their dedication, because without their significant efforts we would not be where we are today.

Together, we have built a leading operator of B2B trade shows, as well as the first publicly listed trade show company in the 
United States. Our trade show participants understand the importance of our trade shows to the industries that they serve. In 
fact, trade shows are a critical forum for both exhibiting businesses and attendees as these events bring efficiency to the buying
and selling activities in a given market. 

For exhibitors, trade shows represent an important venue to introduce new products, sell their products, generate sales
leads, and build brand mind share. Additionally, exhibitors incorporate industry trade shows into their annual marketing 
plans, resulting in a high rate of repeat participation year after year.

For  attendees,  trade  shows  allow  them  to  meet  existing  and  new  suppliers,  learn  more  about  current  trends,  and
network  within  their  industry.  Of  note,  more  than  80%  of  attendees  that  come  to  our  events  are  decision  makers  with 
buying power. 

From a market perspective, the U.S. B2B Exhibition market is estimated to be $13.7 billion in revenues this past year and 
expected to grow 3.2% annually through 2021. Within this large and important industry, Emerald Expositions has a diverse 
portfolio of more than 55 shows which last year connected over 500,000 global attendees and exhibitors while occupying more
than 6.9 million net square feet of exhibition space. Emerald’s trade shows ranked amongst the largest in the U.S. in 2017 and 
the vast majority of our shows hold market-leading positions in their respective industry verticals. This is important because 
industry leading shows enjoy a strong network effect and attract the greatest number and the best quality of exhibitors and 
attendees in their marketplace. The must-attend nature of our portfolio of shows is evidenced by our strong annual renewal
rate for booth space, which has consistently been approximately 80%, which is above the industry average.

Within this attractive market, we have outlined a strategy to organically grow our business, focused on three simple principles. 

First, we will grow our existing industry-leading shows through a combination of moderate price increases over time and 

modest volume growth.

Second, we plan to launch new shows each year, primarily in our existing sectors. In 2016, we launched four new shows. 
We accelerated our launch strategy in 2017, launching six new events and generating approximately two-thirds of a percent
of incremental organic revenue growth. Looking to 2018, we are ramping up our efforts further and have the potential to 
launch seven or eight new events, with all but two expected to stage in the second half of the year. Several of these launches 
are building on the brands that we have acquired over the last few years, such as our Collective shows and National Pavement
Expo. 

Finally, the third driver of our organic growth strategy over the medium term is focusing on attracting more international 

exhibitors to our industry-leading trade shows. 

Beyond organic growth, we also see an opportunity to utilize our leading position and strong reputation in the U.S. to
continue to strengthen our position in what is an extremely fragmented trade show industry through selective acquisitions.
We believe this is a significant and important long-term growth driver for our company as there are over 9,000 B2B trade
shows held annually in the U.S. with relatively few natural buyers. Of note, we have been the only bidder on more than two-
thirds of the shows that we have acquired over the last three years. We believe this is largely a consequence of our relationships
and our reputation in the market as a strong and respected operator and a trusted steward of the events post acquisition. This 
will continue to strongly position Emerald as a buyer of choice in the industry.

Continued on next page.

When we think about potential acquisitions, we look for trade shows that are well-established and important in their
industry sectors. We want businesses with strong margins that have the opportunity for growth enhancement and operational
improvement under Emerald’s ownership. Of the 9,000 or more trade shows that take place in the U.S. annually, we believe 
there are several hundred that match our acquisition criteria and are pleased with the success that we have achieved this
past  year  as  we  closed  on  several  attractive  acquisitions,  including  CEDIA  Expo,  InterDrone,  the  SnowSports  Industries 
Associations (SIA) Snow Show and Connecting Point Marketing Group, also known as CPMG. As we have in the past, we 
will continue to evaluate international acquisition opportunities on a selective basis.

CEDIA Expop

Early in 2017, we acquired CEDIA Expo from the Custom Electronics Design & Installation Association.  The show brings 
together  annually  more  than  20,000  home  technology  professionals  and  over  500  exhibitors  to  the  leading  event  in  smart  and 
home technology. Attendees receive concentrated access to new products, breakthrough innovations and targeted training in home 
technology integration. Exhibitors have the opportunity to network and showcase their brands and products to a highly qualified
target audience, and make new connections. The first show under our ownership took place in September and was a very strong event.

InterDrone

In February we closed the acquisition of InterDrone, the International Drone Conference and Exposition. This event has 
emerged over the last several years as the leading commercial drone show in the U.S. The event brings together drone pilots, 
service providers, engineers and developers, manufacturers, videographers and enterprise end-users. Our first show staged 
in September and its growth reflected the strong momentum in this innovative new industry.

SIA Snow Show

We announced the acquisition of the SIA Snow Show, our second acquisition of an association-owned event, in May. This 
was significant in that it brought together the two leading U.S. trade shows in the winter lifestyle and outdoor sports sectors, 
Outdoor Retailer and SIA, and also opened up Denver to us as a new venue for Outdoor Retailer.  We firmly believed that 
taking the opportunity to unite the two industry shows under the Outdoor Retailer + Snow Show brand in the city that best 
matches the industry’s culture and ethos was the right decision and would provide the best outcome for the industry, the show 
and Emerald in the coming years.  Our views were confirmed in January when we successfully staged the inaugural Outdoor
Retailer + Snow Show. Exhibitor and attendee feedback was extremely positive with great enthusiasm for future shows. 

CPMG

With the emergence of intimate Hosted-Buyer events over the last decade CPMG has distinguished itself as a strong
market leader with incredibly positive customer feedback in this highly fragmented space. The business model is very familiar 
and  is  closely  related  to  that  of  a  trade  show,  with  the  focus  of  these  events  being  facilitation  of  commercial  interaction, 
education and networking between B2B buyers and sellers. The acquisition of CPMG adds a new and complementary set of 
skills and competencies to the Emerald portfolio and we are excited to explore ways that we can apply CPMG’s expertise in 
our markets and gain further market penetration. 

Taken together, I am pleased with our results this past year. We delivered solid performance for our shareholders, growing 
revenues by 7.6% over 2016, when you factor in the revenue that we would have recognized for our two September shows
that were closed early due to Hurricane Irma, for which we received full insurance coverage.  Importantly, we grew Free Cash
Flow* over 20% to almost $108 million, which highlights one of the attractive financial characteristics of our business.  Given 
that our business enjoys strong margins with low capital intensity, we generate a high level of Free Cash Flow annually, which
provides us with opportunities to supplement our organic growth with expansion through
attractive acquisitions, the ability to pay down debt, as well as return cash to shareholders.  

As I look ahead to 2018, I remain optimistic with the outlook for our company and 

the ability to grow our portfolio.  

Best regards,
Best regards

David Loechner
David Loechner 
President & CEO

*Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities, the most comparable GAAP financial measure, to Free Cash Flow, 
see page 48 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K contained herein.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One) 
⌧ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

OR

(cid:3)

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE 
TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     

Commission File Number 001-38076 

Emerald Expositions Events, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter) 

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

31910 Del Obispo Street, Suite 200
San Juan Capistrano, CA
(Address of principal executive offices)

42-1775077
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

92675
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 226-5700 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES  (cid:3)    NO ⌧
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  YES  (cid:3)    NO ⌧

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days.  YES ⌧    NO (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be 
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant 
was required to submit and post such files).  YES  ⌧    NO (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of 
Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the 
Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Emerging growth company

⌧

(cid:3)

⌧  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ⌧
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  YES  (cid:3)    NO  ⌧

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock on The New York 
Stock Exchange on June 30, 2017, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, was $392,872,312.50. 

Shares of the registrant's voting stock held by each executive officer and director and by each entity or person that, to the registrant's knowledge, owned 10% or more of 
the registrant's outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2017 have been excluded from this number in that these persons may be deemed affiliates of the registrant. 
This determination of possible affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

The number of shares of Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of February 19, 2018 was 72,779,195. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report. The 
Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business ............................................................................................................................................
Item 1A. Risk Factors ......................................................................................................................................
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.............................................................................................................
Item 2.
Properties ..........................................................................................................................................
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.............................................................................................................................
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures ...................................................................................................................

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities ..........................................................................................................................
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data ....................................................................................................................
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis  of Financial Condition and Results of Operations...........
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk .........................................................
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ................................................................................
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .........
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures ...................................................................................................................
Item 9B. Other Information .............................................................................................................................

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ...............................................................
Item 11. Executive Compensation ..................................................................................................................
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters .........................................................................................................................................
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence .................................
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services...........................................................................................

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules..........................................................................................
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary........................................................................................................................

Page

2
16
32
32
32
32

33
34
38
66
67
106
106
106

107
107

107
107
107

107
107

i

 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  U.S. 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can generally identify forward-looking statements by our use 
of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect” “intend,” 
“may,” “might,” “plan,” “potential” “predict,” “seek” or “should,” or the negative thereof or other variations thereon 
or comparable terminology. In particular, statements about the markets in which we operate, including growth of our 
various markets, and our expectations, beliefs, plans, strategies, objectives, prospects, assumptions or future events 
or performance contained in this report are forward-looking statements. 

We  have  based  these  forward-looking  statements  on  our  current  expectations,  assumptions,  estimates  and 
projections.  While  we  believe  these  expectations,  assumptions,  estimates  and  projections  are  reasonable,  such 
forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of 
which are beyond our control. These and other important factors, including those discussed in this report under the 
heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” may cause our 
actual  results,  performance  or  achievements  to  differ  materially  from  any  future  results,  performance  or 
achievements  expressed  or  implied  by  these  forward-looking  statements,  or  could  affect  the  trading  price  of  our 
common  stock  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange.  Some  of  the  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ 
materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those 
discussed in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors,” which are incorporated herein by 
reference.  

Given  these  risks  and  uncertainties,  you  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  such  forward-looking 
statements.  The  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  report  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance  and 
our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we 
operate, may differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this report. In addition, even if our 
results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and events in the industry in which we operate, are consistent 
with the forward-looking statements contained in this report, they may not be predictive of results or developments 
in future periods. 

Any forward-looking statement that we make in this Annual Report on Form 10-K speaks only as of the date 
of such statement. Except as required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise, or to publicly 
announce any update or revision to, any of the forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, 
future events or otherwise, after the date of this report. 

Except  where  the  context  requires  otherwise,  references  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  to  “Emerald 
Expositions”, “Emerald”, “the Company”, “we”, “us”, and “our” refer to Emerald Expositions Events, Inc., formerly 
known as Expo Event Holdco, Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries. In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, 
when we refer to our fiscal years, we refer to the year number, as in “2017,” which refers to our fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2017.

1

Item 1. Business. 

Our Company

PART I

BUSINESS

We are a leading operator of business-to-business trade shows in the United States. We currently operate more 
than  55  trade  shows,  as  well  as  numerous  other  face-to-face  events.  In  2017,  Emerald’s  events  connected  over 
500,000 global attendees and exhibitors and occupied more than 6.9 million net square feet (“NSF”) of exhibition 
space.  We have been recognized with many awards and accolades that reflect our industry leadership as well as the 
importance of our shows to the exhibitors and attendees we serve. 

All  of  our  trade  show  franchises  typically  hold  market-leading  positions  within  their  respective  industry 
verticals, with significant brand value established over a long period of time. Each of our trade shows is held at least 
annually, with certain franchises offering multiple trade shows per year. As our shows are frequently the largest and 
most well attended in their respective industry verticals, we are able to attract high-quality attendees, including those 
who  have  the  authority  to  make  purchasing  decisions  on  the  spot  or  subsequent  to  the  show.  The  participation  of 
these  attendees  makes  our  trade  shows  “must-attend”  events  for  our  exhibitors,  further  reinforcing  the  leading 
positions  of  our  trade  shows  within  their  respective  industry  verticals.  Our  attendees  use  our  shows  to  fulfill 
procurement  needs,  source  new  suppliers,  reconnect  with  existing  suppliers,  identify  trends,  learn  about  new 
products and network with industry peers, which we believe are factors that make our shows difficult to replace with 
non-face-to-face events. Our portfolio of trade shows is well-balanced and diversified across both industry sectors 
and  customers.  The  scale  and  “must-attend”  nature  of  our  trade  shows  translates  into  an  exceptional  value 
proposition for participants, resulting in a self-reinforcing “network effect” whereby the participation of high-value 
attendees and exhibitors drives high participant loyalty and predictable, recurring revenue streams.

We  generated  93%  of  our  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  through  the  live  events  that  we 
operate.  The  remaining  7%  of  our  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  was  generated  from  other 
marketing  services,  including  digital  media  and  print  publications  that  complement  our  event  properties  in  the 
industry sectors we serve. Each of our other marketing services products allows us to remain in close contact with, 
and market to, our existing event audiences throughout the year.

Our History 

Our current portfolio of trade shows has come together as a result of many acquisitions completed over the 
last  few  decades.  In  1994,  one  of  our  predecessor  companies,  Verenigde  Nederlandse  Uitgeverijen  (“VNU”), 
acquired Bill Communications, adding the Military and Hospitality Design trade shows to its pre-existing portfolio 
of  events.  This  was  followed  by  the  acquisitions  of  Medtrade  and  GlobalShop  in  1998.  In  2000,  VNU  acquired 
Miller Freeman’s U.S. events portfolio, which significantly expanded our business into the Sports, Apparel, General 
Merchandise, Jewelry and Kitchen and Bath categories.

In 2006, VNU was purchased by a consortium of private equity firms and rebranded The Nielsen Company 
(“Nielsen”). The trade show operations, which became known as Nielsen Expositions, operated autonomously from 
the rest of Nielsen, except with respect to corporate shared services. Under Nielsen’s ownership, capital allocated to 
the  exhibitions  division  for  acquisition  was  limited  and  we  therefore  expanded  our  portfolio  only  modestly  by 
acquiring  the  Wedding  &  Portrait  Photographers  International  trade  show  in  2010  and  the  Sports  Licensing  & 
Tailgate Show in 2012.

In  June  2013,  Nielsen  Expositions  was  acquired  by  Onex  (the  “Onex  Acquisition”).  Rebranded  Emerald 
Expositions, we have since focused on expanding our portfolio of leading events organically, complemented by an 
increased  focus  on  acquisitions.  Since  the  Onex  Acquisition,  we  have  acquired  15  industry-leading,  high-quality 
events of various sizes for aggregate consideration of approximately $590 million.

2

In  January  2014,  we  acquired  George  Little  Management  (“GLM”)  for  $335  million.  At  the  time,  GLM 
operated  more  than  20  trade  shows,  including  four  of  the  largest  100  trade  shows  in  the  United  States.  GLM 
significantly  expanded  our  presence  within  a  number  of  industry  sectors,  including  Gift,  Home  &  General 
Merchandise and Sports, and added new sectors such as Technology. 

In 2015, we completed four acquisitions. In February, we acquired the Healthcare Media division of Vendome 
Group,  which  included  leading  events  such  as  the  Healthcare  Design  Conference  and  Expo,  Healthcare  Design 
Magazine, Environments for Aging and Construction SuperConference (collectively, “HCD Group”). In March, we 
acquired  the  International  Pizza  Expo  (“Pizza  Expo”  and  together  with  the  trade  magazine  Pizza  Today,  “Pizza 
Group”), the largest trade show for independent pizzerias in the world. In October, we acquired HOW Design Live 
and the HOW Interactive Design Conference Sense (“HOW”), the largest graphic design conference and expo in the 
nation. In November, we acquired the National Industrial Fastener and Mill Supply Expo (“Fastener Expo,” together 
with  HCD  Group,  Pizza  Group  and  HOW,  the  “2015  Acquisitions”),  the  world’s  largest  industrial  fastener  trade 
show.

In 2016, we completed six acquisitions. In August, we acquired International Gift Exposition in the Smokies 
and  The  Super  Souvenir  Show  (“IGES”),  the  largest  dedicated  gathering  of  wholesale  souvenir,  resort,  and  gift 
buyers  in  the  United  States.  Also  in  August,  we  acquired  the  Swim  Collective  and  Active  Collective  trade  shows 
(“Collective”),  which  include  the  first  trade  show  focused  entirely  on  activewear  and  the  leading  swimwear  trade 
show on the West Coast. In October, we acquired the Digital Dealer Conference and Expo (“Digital Dealer”), the 
leading  trade  show  series  focused  on  the  retail  automotive  industry’s  digital  strategy  and  operations.  Also  in 
October, we acquired the National Pavement Expo (“Pavement”), adding to our portfolio the largest U.S. trade show 
focused on paving and pavement maintenance. In November, we acquired RFID Journal LIVE! (“RFID LIVE!”), 
the  largest  trade  show  focused  on  radio  frequency  identification  technologies  used  to  identify,  track,  and  manage 
corporate  assets  and  inventory  across  a  wide  range  of  industries.  In  December,  we  acquired  American  Craft 
Retailers  Expo  (“ACRE,”  together  with  IGES,  Collective,  Digital  Dealer,  Pavement  and  RFID  LIVE!,  the  “2016 
Acquisitions”), a wholesale craft exposition consisting of two shows.

In 2017, we completed four acquisitions. In January, we acquired CEDIA Expo (“CEDIA”), the largest trade 
show  in  the  home  technology  market.  In  March,  we  acquired  the  International  Drone  Conference  &  Exposition 
(“InterDrone”), the leading trade show in the U.S. commercial drone market. In May, we acquired the SnowSports 
Industries  America  Snow  Show  (“Snow  Show”),  which  at  the  time  of  its  acquisition  was  the  largest  snow  sports 
industry event in North America.  In November, we acquired Connected Point Marketing Group (“CPMG,” together 
with CEDIA, InterDrone and Snow Show, the “2017 Acquisitions”), a producer of best in class hosted-buyer model 
trade events focused on innovation for the hospitality, restaurant, healthcare, grocery and retail industries.  

3

On May 3, 2017, we completed our IPO of 17,825,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $17.00 per 
share.  We  sold  10,333,333  shares,  resulting  in  net  proceeds  to  us  after  underwriting  discounts  and  expenses  of 
$159.1 million, and funds managed by Onex sold 7,491,667 shares from which we did not receive any proceeds. We 
used all of the net proceeds from the offering plus cash on hand, to prepay $159.2 million of borrowings outstanding 
under our Term Loan Facility (as defined herein).

Products and Services

We operate leading trade shows in multiple attractive, fragmented industry sectors that represent significant 
portions  of  the  U.S.  economy  and  serve  a  large  and  diverse  set  of  global  exhibitors  and  attendees.  This 
fragmentation  of  exhibitors  and  attendees  is  an  especially  important  characteristic  of  the  trade  show  industry.  In 
markets  characterized  by  diffuse  buyers  and  sellers,  trade  shows  offer  a  great  opportunity  for  interaction  between 
large  numbers  of  participants  on  both  sides  of  a  potential  transaction  (a  “many-to-many”  environment)  within  a 
short  period  of  time,  thus  enhancing  the  value  delivered  to  all  trade  show  participants.  Further,  the  highly 
fragmented nature of our markets enhances the stability of our entire platform as the loss of any single exhibitor or 
attendee is unlikely to cause other exhibitors or attendees to derive less value from and cease participating in a show.

We  generated  93%  of  our  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  through  the  live  events  that  we 
operate.  The  remaining  7%  of  our  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  was  generated  from  other 
marketing  services,  including  digital  media  and  print  publications  that  complement  our  event  properties  in  the 
industry sectors we serve. Each of our other marketing services products allows us to remain in close contact with, 
and market to, our existing event audiences throughout the year.

4

 
Trade Shows & Other Events

The following is a summary of our trade shows by sector and a discussion of our complementary products.

Gift, Home & General Merchandise

We  currently  operate  13  trade  shows  in  the  Gift,  Home  &  General  Merchandise  sector  focused  on  a  broad 
range  of  consumer  goods  used  in  and  around  the  home.  Our  events  are  primarily  order-writing  shows  where 
exhibitors, whose product assortment is always evolving, generate sales during the shows themselves. The base of 
exhibitors and attendees across these trade shows is highly fragmented, which mitigates the importance of any single 
exhibitor.

•

•

ASD Market Week — Founded over 55 years ago and held in Las Vegas twice a year in March and August, 
ASD Market Week is the largest and most comprehensive value-oriented general merchandise trade show in 
the  industry.  Each  ASD  Market  Week  trade  show  features  nine  shows  in  a  single  location  and  covers  the 
following categories: gift and home accents; jewelry; general store products; fashion and accessories; beauty 
and fragrance products; toys and novelty products; convenience store products; cultural products; and direct 
sourcing  (which  allows  buyers  to  purchase  certain  products  directly  from  the  factory  as  opposed  to  from 
distributors),  largely  offered  at  a  value-oriented  price  point.  The  population  of  exhibitors  tend  to  be  highly 
fragmented  and  include  small  importers,  manufacturers,  and  distributors  of  low-  to  mid-priced  goods. 
Attendees  include  domestic  and  international  chains,  mass  merchants,  kiosks,  dollar  stores,  specialty  retail 
stores, close-out and liquidation retailers, resorts, convenience stores, gift stores, amusement and theme park 
operators,  and  online  retailers  from  over  110  countries.  Given  the  size  and  breadth  of  the  trade  show,  ASD 
Market Week enables attendees to source a wide variety of products for their stores in a single location in a 
short period of time. These are order-writing shows that exhibitors rely on to generate a material portion of 
their annual revenue. We estimate that 98% of attendees at ASD Market Week are primary decision-makers 
responsible for purchasing, and that the average attendee spends over $80,000 on products as a result of the 
show. ASD Market Week’s two annual events are designed to address different buying cycles for attendees. 

NY  NOW  —  Founded  over  85  years  ago  and  held  twice  per  year  in  January/February  and  August  in  New 
York City, NY NOW is the largest home and lifestyle merchandise trade show in the United States, and the 
largest trade show franchise of any kind in New York City. NY NOW also represents several shows within a 
show  and  includes  categories  such  as  home  furnishings;  home  textiles;  interior  decor;  tabletop  and  gourmet 
housewares; baby and child products; gifts; personal accessories; personal care; wellness; and handmade items 
including ceramics, textiles and other home and personal products. The price tier of these products is mid- to-
high  end.  The  exhibitor  base  at  NY  NOW  is  highly  fragmented  and  includes  importers,  manufacturers  and 

5

 
distributors  of  products  from  close  to  70  countries  across  the  categories  listed  above.  Attendees  include 
international  chains  and  department  stores,  specialty  retail  stores,  gift  stores,  online  retailers,  museums, 
designers, distributors, importers, and wholesalers from over 90 countries. Given the size and breadth of the 
show, NY NOW enables attendees to source a wide variety of products for their stores in a single location in a 
short period of time. We believe that approximately 50% of attendees at NY NOW do not shop at any other 
trade  show,  and  that  more  than  85%  of  attendees  consider  NY  NOW  to  be  a  “must-attend”  event.  As  with 
ASD  Market  Week,  NY  NOW  is  primarily  an  order-writing  show  with  sales  executed  on  the  show  floor. 
Given  its  size  and  prominence,  NY  NOW  receives  significant  media  coverage  from  over  400  domestic  and 
international media outlets.

Kitchen  &  Bath  Industry  Show  (“KBIS”)  —  Founded  over  35  years  ago  and  held  annually  in  January 
typically  either  in  Orlando  or  Las  Vegas,  KBIS  is  the  world’s  largest  kitchen  and  bath  design  trade  show 
specifically  serving  residential  kitchen  and  bath  dealers,  designers,  architects,  remodelers,  wholesalers  and 
custom builders who consider KBIS to be a “must-attend” event. Emerald Expositions has been operating the 
show on behalf of the National Kitchen and Bath Association since 1987 and has a contract to continue doing 
so through 2028. Exhibitors include manufacturers, distributors, and importers of residential kitchen and bath 
products,  and  attendees  include  architects,  remodelers,  designers,  hardware  professionals,  and  dealers  from 
over  55  countries.  The  show  has  been  co-located  with  the  International  Builders’  Show  (owned  by  the 
National  Association  of  Home  Builders)  since  2014,  a  partnership  that  has  been  beneficial  to  both  shows 
given their exhibitor and attendee overlap. 

International Contemporary Furniture Fair (“ICFF”) — Founded over 25 years ago and held in New York 
City each May and in South Florida each December, ICFF is North America’s leading trade show for high-end 
contemporary  furniture  and  interior  design.  Exhibitors  include  manufacturers  and  sellers  of  contemporary 
furniture,  seating,  carpet  and  flooring,  lighting,  outdoor  furniture,  materials,  wall  coverings,  accessories, 
textiles,  and  kitchen  and  bath  products  for  residential  and  commercial  interiors,  while  attendees  include 
interior designers, architects, retailers, distributors, facility managers, developers, store designers, and visual 
merchandisers who attend from around 80 countries.

National Stationery Show (“NSS”) — Founded over 70 years ago and held in New York City each year in 
May,  NSS  is  the  only  North  American  trade  show  for  global  buyers  and  sellers  of  stationery  and  specialty 
paper  products.  Exhibitors  include  manufacturers  and  designers  of  stationery  and  paper  products  while 
attendees include stationery, card and gift shops; bookstores; bridal shops; party stores; department, chain and 
specialty  stores;  large  chains  and  “big  box”  mass  retailers;  and  online  retailers  and  mail  order  catalog 
distributors; as well as special event planners, corporate buyers, importers, and distributors. 

International Gift Exposition in the Smokies and The Super Souvenir Show (“IGES”) — Founded over 15 
years ago and held in eastern Tennessee each year in November, IGES is the largest dedicated gathering of 
wholesale  souvenir,  resort  and  gift  buyers  in  the  United  States.  Exhibitors  include  manufacturers  and 
distributors of apparel, gifts, souvenirs, games, toys, personal care products, licensed items, novelties, kiosk 
items,  promotional  goods,  jewelry,  Made-in-America  products,  handicrafts,  and  more.  Attendees  include 
wholesale resort, souvenir and gift merchandisers, and retailers. 

American  Craft  Retailers  Expo  (“ACRE”)  —  ACRE,  founded  in  2006,  is  the  premier  wholesale  craft 
exposition in North America, taking place annually in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. ACRE connects wholesale 
American and Canadian makers of handmade products with national and international buyers from art & fine 
craft galleries, modern gift & home stores, independent retailers, guilds & arts institutions, e-retailers, national 
retail chains, museums and other key influencers in the home, gift and lifestyle marketplace. 

•

•

•

•

•

6

Sports

We currently operate 19 trade shows within the Sports industry sector focused on sporting goods and related 
apparel  and  accessories  for  various  active  outdoor  pursuits  ranging  from  camping,  hiking,  climbing,  skiing, 
bicycling  and  paddle  sports.  We  believe  that  several  of  our  trade  shows  in  this  sector  have  iconic  status  in  the 
markets  they  serve,  and  offer  a  many-to-many  environment  where,  for  example,  thousands  of  specialty  sports 
retailers  from  across  the  country  interact  with  hundreds  of  specialty  equipment  and  apparel  manufacturers.  The 
Sports  sector  is  highly  fragmented  where  the  sports  enthusiast  clientele  is  well-served  by  independent  specialized 
retailers.

(cid:3)

•

•

Outdoor Retailer (“OR”) — Founded over 35 years ago, OR is the largest outdoor sports and lifestyle trade 
show brand in the United States. In recent years, OR held a winter and a summer show in Salt Lake City. In 
May 2017, Emerald acquired Snow Show from Snow Sports Industries America. At the time of its acquisition, 
Snow Show was the largest snow sports industry event in North America. In January 2018, Snow Show staged 
with OR for the first time as a combined show, referred to as Outdoor Retailer + Snow Show, endorsed and 
sponsored by SnowSports Industries America and OIA. In addition to this January show, OR will produce a 
summer event in June/July and an early winter season show in November, all three of which will be staged in 
Denver, Colorado. Partnering with OIA since 1992, OR has earned loyalty from high-end specialty brands and 
has solidified itself as a destination event for specialty retailers selling to outdoor enthusiasts. OR is organized 
across categories such as accessories, footwear, hard goods, apparel, and gear serving lifestyle sports such as 
camping,  climbing,  hiking,  paddle  sports,  back-country  and  cross-country  skiing,  snowboarding  and  snow 
shoeing. Exhibitors include manufacturers, suppliers, importers, and licensees and distributors of sports gear 
from 30 countries. Attendees include independent, chain, and online retailers of active lifestyle sporting goods 
and media and licensing agents from 55 countries; however, the focus is on independent, high-end, specialty 
outdoor  retailers,  whose  enthusiast  clientele  is  not  served  by  the  mass-market  products  sold  through  major 
retail  channels.  The  products  at  this  trade  show  are  technical  and  performance-oriented,  so  buyers  want  to 
touch  and  test  the  products  in  person  in  order  to  make  good  purchasing  decisions  which  they  can  then 
communicate  to  their  end-customer.  For  this  reason,  this  is  an  important  trade  show  for  exhibitors  and 
attendees who attend loyally each year. There is no major general outdoor sporting goods show that competes 
directly  with  OR.  The  events  receive  considerable  media  attention  with  coverage  from  approximately  275 
media outlets. 

Surf  Expo  —  Founded  over  40  years  ago  and  held  in  Orlando,  Surf  Expo  has  two  annual  events:  a  winter 
show  in  January  and  a  summer  show  in  September.  The  breadth  of  products  exhibited  at  the  show  is 
significantly wider than its name implies; Surf Expo is the largest and longest-running trade show in the world 

7

for  action  water  and  board  sports  as  well  as  resort-oriented  merchandise  that  one  would  typically  find  at  a 
beach  or  resort  store.  Surf  Expo  is  also  unique  in  that  it  is  the  only  show  focused  exclusively  on  the  water 
sports and resort sectors covering both hard goods and soft goods. Held in partnership with the Association of 
Wind  and  Water  Sports  Industries,  the  Board  Retailers  Association,  the  Water  Sports  Industry  Association, 
and the Stand Up Paddle Industry Association, exhibitors include manufacturers serving the surf, skate, stand-
up paddling, wakeboarding, windsurfing, kayaking, swim, resort, and coastal giftware markets from close to 
30 countries, while attendees include retail buyers from specialty stores, big box stores, cruise lines, hotels, 
and theme parks from over 70 countries. Trade shows are well-suited for the surf and water sports industry, in 
particular in the hard-goods side of the market where products are performance-oriented and there is a desire 
by buyers to touch and test products in person in order to make good purchasing decisions. For example, Surf 
Expo  has  a  “board  demo  day”  at  the  Orlando  Watersports  Complex  that  gives  buyers  a  chance  to  try  the 
products out before the core trade show begins.

Interbike — Founded over 35 years ago, Interbike is the largest bicycle trade event in North America, offered 
in  partnership  with  the  National  Bicycle  Dealers  Association,  People  for  Bikes,  and  the  Bicycle  Products 
Suppliers  Association.  Through  2017,  Interbike  included  a  two-day  biking  event  on  dirt  trails  and  roads, 
followed by a three-day trade show in Las Vegas, Nevada. In 2018, Interbike Marketweek will take place in 
the Reno/Tahoe region, beginning with a new consumer demo and festival, followed by two days of outdoor 
events  and  demonstrations  for  retailers,  and  closing  with  a  three-day  Interbike  Expo  in  Reno,  Nevada. 
Exhibitors include manufacturers of bikes for road, mountain, triathlon, and electric use, and manufacturers of 
accessories and related products including apparel, safety, power, nutrition, and more from 35 countries, while 
attendees include specialty bicycle retailers, importers, and distributors from over 60 countries. Much like OR 
and  Surf  Expo,  Interbike  trade  shows  are  well  suited  for  the  biking  industry  as  the  products  are  highly 
performance-oriented  and  there  is  a  desire  from  buyers  to  touch  and  test  products  in  person  and  experience 
new  product  innovation  in  order  to  make  good  purchasing  decisions.  In  October  2016,  we  launched  Fall 
CycloFest, a hybrid B2B/B2C event under the Interbike brand.

Imprinted Sportswear Shows (“ISS”) — Founded over 35 years ago and held five times a year in different 
markets  in  the  United  States  (most  recently  in  Long  Beach,  Atlantic  City,  Fort  Worth,  Nashville,  and 
Orlando), the ISS shows are the leaders of the decorated apparel industry and allow industry professionals to 
see the latest sportswear imprinting equipment, supplies, industry trends, and techniques. Exhibitors include 
providers  of  blank  apparel,  ink,  design  technology,  screen  printing,  and  embroidery  equipment,  while 
attendees include independent and chain retailers serving school teams, recreational leagues, and community 
groups from close to 15 countries. The industry is particularly well-suited for trade shows as, short of having a 
national  salesforce,  trade  shows  are  the  only  way  for  these  exhibitors  to  access  customers  (including  many 
small buyers) in all corners of the country. 

Sports Licensing & Tailgate Show — Founded over ten years ago and held in Las Vegas each January, the 
Sports Licensing & Tailgate Show attracts, as exhibitors, manufacturers that hold licenses for any professional 
or collegiate sports teams with respect to products, including accessories, apparel, collectibles, footwear, gifts 
and  novelty  items,  headwear,  home  furnishings,  imprinted  items,  picnic  or  tailgating  products,  sports 
equipment,  stationery  and  school  supplies,  or  toys  and  games.  Attendees  include  retailers  from  independent 
and chain sporting stores, suppliers, mass market retailers, general merchandise and specialty stores, and fan 
shops. This is primarily an order-writing show with sales generated directly on the show floor. 

Swim Collective and Active Collective Shows — Founded in 2010, the Swim Collective and Active Collective 
shows present swimwear, resort, and active wear collections to an audience of swimwear specialty retailers, 
active athleisure sport specialty retailers, swim and surf specialty retailers, gift and department stores, as well 
as luxury resorts, boutiques and cruise retailers. Swim Collective is the leading swimwear trade show on the 
West Coast, while Active Collective is a more recently-launched, fast-growing show focused on activewear. 
In January 2017, we launched an Active Collective event in New York.

•

•

•

•

Design & Construction

We currently operate 5 trade shows in the Design & Construction industry sector catering to the construction, 
hospitality, and interior design sectors serving the hotel, resort, retail, healthcare facilities, restaurant, bar, spa, and 
in-store  marketing  categories.  Targeted  attendees  include  interior  designers,  architects,  owners  and  operators, 

8

developers, and specifiers and purchasers working within these industries. This sector is well-suited for trade shows 
because  design  and  construction  are  highly  visual  and  tactile  processes,  requiring  the  in-person  experience  and 
interaction provided by trade shows. These trade shows enable designers and contractors to stay current with trends 
in  product  styles  and  techniques,  which  tend  to  change  from  year-to-year.  Upcoming  renovation  and  new-build 
construction  projects  are  often  discussed  at  these  shows,  making  it  important  for  both  exhibitors  and  attendees  to 
attend in order to stay close to the pipeline of future business. By aggregating a wide range of products under one 
roof,  these  trade  shows  save  time  and  expense  for  designers  and  other  attendees  who  would  otherwise  have  to 
independently  visit  hundreds  of  showrooms  that  may  be  located  in  different  cities.  These  shows  are  mostly  lead-
generating, enabling designers to see the latest trends and product offerings, and develop design ideas.

•

•

•

•

Hospitality Design Expo (“HD Expo”) — Founded over 20 years ago and held in Las Vegas each May, HD 
Expo is the largest trade show for the hospitality design industry serving the hotel, resort, restaurant, bar and 
cruise  categories.  Run  in  partnership  with  the  American  Society  of  Interior  Designers,  the  Boutique  & 
Lifestyle  Lodging  Association,  the  International  Interior  Design  Association,  the  International  Society  of 
Hospitality Purchasers, and the Hospitality Industry Network, HD Expo includes a hospitality conference with 
accredited conference sessions where continuing educational credentials and learning unit credentials can be 
earned.  Exhibitors  include  manufacturers  and  marketers  of  flooring,  seating,  fabric,  case  goods  and  lighting 
from over 20 countries, while attendees include interior designers, architects, planners and builders from over 
55 countries.

GlobalShop — Founded over 20 years ago and held in Chicago beginning in March 2018, GlobalShop is the 
largest  trade  show  and  conference  dedicated  to  store  design,  visual  merchandising,  and  shopper  marketing. 
GlobalShop  is  organized  into  five  categories:  the  Store  Fixturing  Show,  Visual  Merchandising  Show,  Store 
Design  &  Operations,  Digital  Store  and  At-Retail  Marketplace.  Exhibitors  include  manufacturers  and 
marketers  of  fixtures,  lighting,  flooring,  and  retail  displays  as  well  as  contractors,  while  attendees  include 
retailers, brands, procurement agencies, contract architects and designers from over 50 countries.

Healthcare  Design  Expo  &  Conference  —  Founded  over  15  years  ago  and  held  annually  in  November  in 
rotating  cities  (Phoenix  in  2018),  the  Healthcare  Design  Expo  &  Conference  is  the  industry’s  best  attended 
trade  show  and  conference  primarily  focused  on  evidence-based  design  for  healthcare  facilities.  Exhibitors 
include  manufacturers  of  healthcare  facility  related  products,  including  fixtures,  materials,  furniture,  and 
equipment.  Attendees  include  architects,  interior  designers,  healthcare  facility  administrators,  contractors, 
engineers, educators, nurses, project managers and purchasing executives involved in the design of healthcare 
facilities. 

National  Pavement  Expo  (“Pavement”)  —  Founded  approximately  30  years  ago,  Pavement  is  the  largest 
U.S. trade show specifically designed for paving and pavement maintenance professionals, bringing vendors 
and  suppliers  together  with  contractors  who  make  their  living  from  asphalt  and  concrete  paving,  infrared 
pavement repair, sealcoating, striping, sweeping, crack repair, pavement repair and snow removal. The trade 
show also includes a conference and seminar component serving as a source of education to the industry. 

9

 
•

Environments  for  Aging  Expo  &  Conference  (“EFA”)  —  EFA  offers  the  latest  strategies  and  ideas  for 
creating  attractive  and  functional  living  environments  that  meet  the  needs  of  senior  citizens,  a  growing 
segment of the population given demographic trends. Attendees include architects, owners and developers of 
senior living facilities, facility managers, product manufacturers, government officials and gerontologists. 

Technology

We currently operate 6 trade shows in the technology industry sector, a sector we entered in 2014 through the 

GLM acquisition.

•

•

•

Internet  Retailer  Conference  &  Exhibition  (“IRCE”)  —  Founded  over  ten  years  ago  and  held  in  Chicago 
each  June,  IRCE  is  the  largest  conference  and  exhibition  for  the  eCommerce  industry,  primarily  targeting 
senior  executives  and  owners  of  eCommerce  businesses  looking  for  ways  to  optimize  and  improve  their 
offerings.  Exhibitors  include  solution  and  service  providers  for  analytics,  eCommerce  consulting,  content 
management,  customer  satisfaction  measurement,  data  services,  delivery  services,  digital  marketing, 
eCommerce  platforms,  and  e-mail  marketing  from  over  25  countries,  while  attendees  include  branded 
consumer  product  manufacturers,  catalogers,  consumer  service  providers,  financial  service  providers,  store 
retailers and shopping portals from over 40 countries. This trade show and conference serves an industry that 
is constantly evolving and, as such, the knowledge-sharing enabled by this annual event is highly valued by 
exhibitors and attendees. The significant paid conference component features high-profile guest speakers and 
workshops.

CEDIA  Expo  (“CEDIA”)  —  Founded  over  25  years  ago,  CEDIA  is  the  largest  trade  show  in  the  home 
technology market, serving industry professionals that manufacture, design and integrate goods and services 
for  the  connected  home.  The  trade  show  features  five  days  of  networking,  brand  exposure  and  product 
launches,  and  is  the  annual  connecting  point  for  manufacturers,  home  technology  professionals,  media  and 
industry  partners  within  the  “smart  home”  industry.  CEDIA  features  industry  leading  educational  content 
including  training  sessions,  industry  talks  and  panel  sessions.  The  Custom  Electronic  Design  &  Installation 
Association  officially  endorses  CEDIA  and  retains  control  and  ownership  of  all  educational  programming, 
while we own and operate the trade show. 

Digital  Dealer  Conference  and  Expo  (“Digital  Dealer”)  —  Founded  approximately  20  years  ago  and  held 
twice  annually  in  the  spring  and  fall  in  Tampa/Orlando  and  Las  Vegas,  respectively,  Digital  Dealer  is  the 
leading exhibition and conference series focused on digital marketing for franchised automotive dealerships. 
Attendees  include  automotive  dealership  executives  and  employees,  while  exhibitors  and  presenters  include 
providers  of  eCommerce  solutions  for  the  industry,  including  auction  tools,  data  and  analytics,  email 
marketing,  inventory  management,  lead  generation  and  tracking,  mobile  marketing  and  applications,  sales 
training and tools providers. 

10

 
•

•

RFID Journal LIVE! (“RFID LIVE!”) — Founded in 2003 and held annually in April/May, RFID LIVE! is 
the leading event focused on radio frequency identification and related technologies, bringing together buyers, 
sellers,  researchers,  academics,  consultants,  and  others  interested  in  using  RFID  technologies  to  identify, 
track, and manage assets and inventories across a wide range of industries.

The International Drone Conference & Exposition (“InterDrone”) — Founded in 2015 and held annually in 
September, InterDrone is the leading commercial drone-focused show in the United States. The event attracts 
exhibitors  and  attendees  from  a  wide  variety  of  commercial  applications,  including  aerial  photography, 
surveying & terrain mapping, construction & building inspection, agriculture, real estate, cinematography and 
more. 

Jewelry

We currently operate 5 trade shows in the Jewelry industry sector targeting high-end and mid-range segments 

of the jewelry market.

•

•

•

COUTURE — Founded over 20 years ago and held in Las Vegas each June, COUTURE is the number one 
trade  show  in  the  high-end  luxury  jewelry  and  timepiece  market.  Known  as  the  definitive  annual  event  for 
upscale  retailers,  exhibitors  include  designers  and  manufacturers  of  fine  jewelry  and  timepieces  from  top 
international brands as well as the industry’s rising stars from close to 25 countries. Attendees include top-tier 
buyers representing highly distinguished independent, boutique and chain retailers from close to 70 countries.

JA New York — Founded over 110 years ago and held three times a year in New York City (JA New York 
Spring in March, JA New York Summer in July, and JA Special Delivery in November), the JA New York 
franchise is the leading trade show on the East Coast for the mid-tier jewelry market. Held in partnership with 
Jewelers of America since 1992, these trade shows are geared towards order writing and their timing allows 
retailers  to  restock  during  the  winter,  summer,  and  pre-holiday  buying  seasons  with  approximately  80%  of 
attendees placing orders at the show. With a large number of jewelry wholesalers and jewelry retailers based 
in  the  Northeast,  New  York  City  is  a  well-suited  location  for  this  show.  Exhibitors  include  manufacturers, 
distributors,  designers,  dealers,  and  importers  of  jewelry  and  loose  stones,  while  attendees  are  independent, 
boutique, chain and online jewelry and antique retailers from close to 80 countries.

The  Las  Vegas  Antique  Jewelry  &  Watch  Show  —  Founded  over  20  years  ago,  the  annual  Las  Vegas 
Antique  Jewelry  &  Watch  Show  is  the  largest  trade  event  serving  the  antique  and  estate  jewelry  and  watch 
category.  The  show  brings  nearly  300  exhibitors  to  Las  Vegas  each  summer  to  meet  with  independent, 
boutique, chain, and online jewelry and antique retailers. The show is primarily an order-writing show.

11

 
Other Trade Shows 

Our  Other  Trade  Shows  include  10  trade  shows  across  the  Photography,  Food,  Healthcare,  Industrials,  and 

Military sectors.

•

•

•

•

•

Wedding & Portrait Photographers International (“WPPI”) — Founded over 35 years ago and held in Las 
Vegas each February, WPPI is the largest trade show and conference for wedding and portrait photographers 
and filmmakers. Exhibitors include manufacturers and distributors of cameras, printers, and other photography 
tools,  while  attendees  include  commercial,  professional  and  “prosumer”  (i.e.,  professional  consumer) 
photographers from close to 60 countries. 

International Pizza Expo (“Pizza Expo”) — Founded over 30 years ago and held in Las Vegas each March, 
Pizza  Expo  is  the  world’s  largest  trade  show  for  pizzeria  owners  and  operators.  Featuring  educational 
workshops  from  the  School  of  Pizzeria  Management,  exhibitors  include  manufacturers  and  exhibitors  of 
ingredients, equipment, and ancillary products to the pizza industry, while attendees include independent and 
chain pizzeria owners and operators. Pizza Expo’s unique positioning as the only global trade show focused 
on  the  pizza  industry  makes  it  a  must-attend  event  for  accessing  high  quality  buyers,  generating  leads,  and 
maintaining brand presence. In October 2017, we successfully launched the related Pizza & Pasta Northeast 
trade  show,  which  delivered  a  one-stop  shop  exhibit  hall  for  Italian  and  pizza-concept  restaurant  owners  to 
meet face-to-face with leading national and regional industry suppliers.

PhotoPlus Expo — Founded over 30 years ago and held in New York City each October, the PhotoPlus Expo 
is the largest photography and imaging show in North America. Featuring educational seminars such as Photo 
Walks  and  Master  Classes,  which  are  of  high  interest  to  attendees,  the  show’s  exhibitors  include 
manufacturers  and  distributors  of  cameras,  printers,  and  other  photography  tools  and  accessories,  while 
attendees include professional photographers, photography enthusiasts, videographers, students and educators 
from 65 countries. 

Medtrade  —  Founded  over  35  years  ago  and  held  twice  each  year  (March  in  Las  Vegas  and  November  in 
Atlanta), Medtrade is the largest U.S. home medical equipment trade show. Exhibitors include manufacturers 
and  distributors  of  respiratory  systems,  rehabilitation  home  aid  products,  oxygen  systems,  wheelchairs, 
scooters,  braces,  canes,  and  home  diabetic  supplies,  while  attendees  include  home  medical  equipment 
providers,  pharmacy  and  drug  store  owners,  rehab  therapists,  respiratory  therapists,  home  health  agencies, 
home health nurses, hospitals, occupational therapists and physical therapists.

Military  Expositions  —  Founded  over  35  years  ago  and  held  annually  in  February  at  Camp  Pendleton,  in 
April  at  Camp  Lejeune  and  in  September  at  the  Marine  Corps  Base  in  Quantico,  the  Marine  Military 
Expositions are the largest Marine Corps trade shows. These events provide an opportunity for exhibitors to 

12

 
interface with procurement experts in the U.S. Marine Corps in addition to meeting soldiers back from tour. 
Exhibitors  include  providers  of  combat  equipment  and  technology,  and  they  display  soft  goods  such  as 
bulletproof  vests  as  well  as  larger  mission-critical  items,  including  infantry  combat  equipment,  combat 
vehicles,  and  aviation  equipment.  Attendees  include  Department  of  Defense-related  personnel,  uniformed 
Marines and civilians from the U.S. Marine Corps command and procurement officers.

•

National  Industrial  Fastener  &  Mill  Supply  Expo  (“Fastener  Expo”)  —  Founded  over  35  years  ago  and 
held annually in October at Las Vegas, Fastener Expo is the world’s largest exposition for fasteners and brings 
the manufacturers and master distributors of industrial fasteners, precision formed parts, fastener machinery 
and  tooling  and  other  related  products  and  services  together  with  distributors  and  sales  agents  in  the 
distribution chain.

Other Events 

We  currently  operate  more  than  70  additional  events  across  a  wide  variety  of  forums  including  B2B 
conferences,  hosted  buyer  events,  B2C  events,  summits,  awards  and  luxury  private  sales.  We  hold  luxury  private 
sale  events  through  our  Soiffer  Haskin  brand  and  hosted  buyer  events  under  our  CPMG  brand.  Through  our  HD 
Expo, ICFF, HCD and GlobalShop brands, we host close to 20 annual networking sessions called CityScenes. These 
networking  events  bring  together  both  up-and-coming  and  seasoned  industry  professionals  and  are  very  well 
received within their respective industries.

•

•

•

HOW  Design  Live  (“HOW”)  —  Founded  over  25  years  ago  and  held  annually  in  May  in  rotating  cities 
(Boston in 2018), HOW is the largest graphic design trade show and conference in the United States. HOW 
represents  a  marquee  event  for  the  industry  it  serves,  where  creative  professionals  in  all  disciplines  and  all 
levels  of  experience  come  to  learn  from  peers  in  the  creative  industry  and  designers  discover  new  ideas, 
sources of inspiration and skills, and to develop new connections with other creative professionals. Exhibitors 
include paper suppliers, printer services and companies that provide design and workflow software. Attendees 
include graphic designers from in-house creative services departments, designers who work for or own small 
design firms and other marketing professionals. 

CPMG—  Founded  almost  15  years  ago,  CPMG  organizes  and  hosts  nine  senior  executive  level  business-
intensive  trade  events  focused  on  innovation  for  the  hospitality,  restaurant,  healthcare,  grocery  and  retail 
industries. These four-day events are highly-curated, invitation-only forums that bring together leaders in each 
vertical market.

Soiffer  Haskin  —  Founded  almost  35  years  ago,  Soiffer  Haskin  conducts  approximately  40  exclusive  and 
discreet B2C sale events in its New York City showroom for luxury apparel, personal accessory and jewelry 
brands seeking to sell surplus inventory at discounted prices. 

13

 
•

•

The  Original  Miami  Beach  Antique  Show  (“OMBAS”)  —  Founded  over  55  years  ago,  OMBAS  is  the 
world’s  largest  indoor  antique  show  with  more  than  500  established  dealers  from  close  to  25  different 
countries,  OMBAS  features  17th  to  19th  century  furniture,  paintings,  American  and  European  silver,  textiles 
and rugs, porcelain, art glass, bronze sculptures, antique jewelry and more. 

New  York  Antique  Jewelry  &  Watch  Show  (“NY  AJWS”)  —  Founded  ten  years  ago,  NY  AJWS  has 
established  itself  as  a  must-attend  antique  and  estate  jewelry  event  that  provides  access  to  historical  and 
premium merchandise directly to customers. Categories of jewelry featured include cameos, tennis bracelets, 
rings, decorative necklaces, brooches, gemstones and pendants. 

Other Marketing Services

Other Marketing Services consist of print publications and digital media products that complement our trade 
show properties, and generated 7% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017. These print and digital 
media  products  are  closely  aligned  with  several  of  our  events,  and  allow  us  to  remain  in  close  contact  with,  and 
market to, our existing event audiences throughout the year.

Competition

The trade show industry is highly fragmented, with approximately 9,400 B2B trade shows held per year in the 
United States according to the Center for Exhibition Industry Research, of which a majority are owned by industry 
associations, according to Advanced Market Research. Individual trade shows typically compete for attendees and 
exhibitors  only  against  the  other  trade  shows  that  are  relevant  to  their  industry  vertical.  The  level  of  competition 
each of our trade shows faces therefore varies by industry vertical. 

Other  well-established  for-profit  companies  competing  in  the  U.S.  trade  show  industry  include  Reed 

Exhibitions, UBM and Informa Exhibitions.

Seasonality

As is typical for the trade show industry, our business is seasonal, with revenue recognized from trade shows 
typically reaching its highest levels during the first and third quarters of each calendar year, and its trough during the 
fourth  quarter,  largely  due  to  the  timing  of  our  trade  shows.  In  2017,  41%,  21%,  31%  and  7%  of  our  trade  show 
revenue was generated from trade shows during the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively.

Intellectual Property

Our  intellectual  property  and  proprietary  rights  are  important  to  our  business.  We  undertake  to  strategically 
and  proactively  develop  our  intellectual  property  portfolio  by  registering  our  trademarks.  We  currently  rely 

14

 
primarily on trademark laws to protect our intellectual property rights. We do not own, but have a license to use, 
certain trademarks belonging to an industry association in connection with our Kitchen & Bath Industry Show and 
CEDIA Expo. The KBIS license runs through 2028 and the CEDIA Expo license continues in perpetuity.

Employees

As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 427 employees. We are not involved in any disputes with 
our  employees  and  believe  that  relations  with  our  employees  are  good.  None  of  our  employees  are  subject  to 
collective bargaining agreements with unions. However, some facilities where we hold our trade shows require our 
decorators to use unionized labor.

Insurance

We  maintain  insurance  policies  to  cover  the  principal  risks  associated  with  our  business,  including  event 
cancellation, business interruption, workers’ compensation, directors’ and officers’ liability, product liability, auto, 
property, and umbrella and excess liability insurance. All of our insurance policies are with third-party carriers and 
syndicates with financial ratings of A or better. We believe the premiums, deductibles, coverage limits and scope of 
coverage under such policies are reasonable and appropriate for our business. Event cancellation insurance provides 
coverage that allows us to refund a proportionate share, relative to the compromised enforced attendance reduction 
or  show  closure,  of  the  deposits  and  booth  and  sponsorship  fees  paid  to  us  by  exhibitors  in  the  event  that  we  are 
forced  to  cancel  a  trade  show  or  other  event  for  reasons  covered  by  the  policies,  such  as  natural  disasters, 
communicable disease, terrorism, or venue closures. Business interruption insurance provides further coverage for 
our  office  property  leases  in  cases  where  we  are  not  able  to  conduct  ongoing  business,  including  sales  and  event 
planning.  The  continued  availability  of  appropriate  insurance  policies  on  commercially  reasonable  terms  is 
important to our ability to operate our business and to maintain our reputation. 

Our event cancellation insurance, currently bound through the end of 2019, provides 100% indemnity for all 
of  our  events’  and  conferences’  gross  revenues  individually  and  50%  in  the  aggregate.  The  coverage  has  no 
deductible and covers cancellation, curtailment, postponement, removal to alternative premises, or abandonment, of 
the event as well as enforced reduced attendance. In addition, coverage extends to include additional promotional 
and marketing expenses necessarily incurred by us should a covered loss occur. This insurance also extends to cover 
losses resulting from an outbreak of communicable disease as well as a terrorism endorsement covering an act of 
terrorism and/or threat of terrorism directed at the insured event or within the United States or its territories. 

Available Information

Our  Annual  Reports  on  Form  10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10-Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K,  and 
amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are filed with the SEC. We 
are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and file or furnish reports, proxy statements and 
other information with the SEC. Such reports and other information filed by us with the SEC are available free of 
charge  on  our  website  at  investor.emeraldexpositions.com  when  such  reports  are  made  available  on  the  SEC’s 
website. The public may read and copy any materials filed by us with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room 
at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the 
Public  Reference  Room  by  calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.  The  SEC  maintains  an  Internet  site  that  contains 
reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file  electronically  with  the 
SEC at www.sec.gov. The contents of these websites are not incorporated into this filing. Further, our references to 
the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

15

Item 1A. Risk Factors. 

RISK FACTORS

Investing  in  our  common  stock  involves  a  high  degree  of  risk.  You  should  carefully  consider  the  following 
factors, as well as other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in evaluating our Company and 
business.  If  any  of  the  following  risks  occur,  our  business,  results  of  operations,  and  financial  condition  may  be 
materially adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

At any given point in time, general economic conditions may have an adverse impact on the industry sectors in 
which our trade shows and conferences operate, and therefore may negatively affect demand for exhibition space 
and attendance at our trade shows and conferences.

Our  results  are  influenced  by  domestic  as  well  as  global  general  economic  conditions  because  we  draw 
exhibitors and attendees from around the world. However, we are affected to a larger degree by conditions within 
the individual industry sectors in which our trade shows operate. For example, the downturn in the domestic housing 
market that began in 2007 had a negative impact on the performance of KBIS during the period from 2008 to 2013. 
The longer a recession or economic downturn continues, the more likely it becomes that our customers may reduce 
their marketing and advertising or procurement budgets. Any material decrease in marketing or procurement budgets 
could reduce the demand for exhibition space or reduce attendance at our trade shows, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The success of each of our trade shows depends on the reputation of that show’s brand.

Our exhibitors and attendees primarily know us by the names of our trade shows that operate in their specific 
industry sector rather than by our corporate brand name, Emerald Expositions. In addition, a single brand name is 
sometimes used for shows that occur more than once a year; for example, the brand name “ASD Market Week” is 
used at our ASD Market Week March and ASD Market Week August shows, and the brand name Outdoor Retailer 
is used for both the OR Summer Market and OR Winter Market versions of the show. If the image or reputation of 
one or more of these shows is tarnished, it could impact the number of exhibitors and attendees attending that show 
or  shows.  A  decline  in  one  of  our  larger  shows  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The dates and location of a trade show can impact its profitability and prospects. 

The demand for desirable dates and locations is high. Consistent with industry practice, we typically maintain 
multi-year non-binding reservations for dates at our trade show venues. Aside from a nominal deposit in some cases, 
we  do  not  pay  for  these  reservations,  and,  while  they  almost  always  entitle  us  to  a  last  look  before  the  venue  is 
rented to someone else during the reservation period, these reservations are not binding on the facility owners until 
we execute a definitive contract with the owner. We typically sign contracts that guarantee the right to specific dates 
at venues only one or two years in advance. Therefore, our multi-year reservations may not lead to binding contracts 
with facility owners. Consistency in location and all other aspects of our trade shows is important to maintaining a 
high retention rate from year to year, and we rely on our highly loyal customer base for the success of our shows. 
Moving major shows to new cities, such as the planned move of Interbike from Las Vegas, Nevada to Reno, Nevada 
in  September  2018  and  the  move  of  OR  from  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  to  Denver,  Colorado  in  January  2018,  can 
adversely  affect  customer  behavior.  Similarly,  significant  timing  changes,  such  as  the  acceleration  of  OR  Winter 
Market from January 2019 to November 2018, can also result in unanticipated customer reactions. External factors 
such as legislation and government policies at the local or state level, including policy related to social issues, may 
depress the desire of exhibitors and attendees to attend our trade shows held in certain locations. For example, our 
organic revenue growth in 2017 was modestly adversely impacted by certain political issues in Utah that affected 
exhibitor participation at our 2017 OR Summer Market show. Our inability to secure or retain desirable dates and 
locations for our trade shows could have a material effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results 
of operations.

16

Attendance  at  our  shows  could  decline  as  a  result  of  disruptions  in  global  or  local  travel  conditions,  such  as 
congestion at airports, the risk of or an actual terrorist action, adverse weather or fear of communicable diseases.

The  number  of  attendees  and  exhibitors  at  our  trade  shows  may  be  affected  by  a  variety  of  factors  that  are 
outside  our  control.  Because  many  attendees  and  exhibitors  travel  to  our  trade  shows  via  airplane,  factors  that 
depress the ability or desire of attendees and exhibitors to travel to our trade shows, including, but not limited to, an 
increased  frequency  of  flight  delays  or  accidents,  outbreaks  of  contagious  disease  or  the  potential  for  infection, 
increased costs associated with air travel, actual or threatened terrorist attacks, the imposition of heightened security 
standards  or  bans  on  visitors  from  particular  countries  outside  the  United  States,  or  acts  of  nature,  such  as 
earthquakes,  storms  and  other  natural  disasters,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition,  cash  flows  and  results  of  operations.  For  example,  during  the  third  quarter  of  2017,  we  experienced 
disruptions to ISS Orlando, Surf Expo and ICFF South Florida as a result of the impact of Hurricane Irma, and we 
may be forced to cancel or re-locate future trade shows in the event of natural or man-made disasters. While we are 
generally insured against direct losses, one or more of the factors described above could cause a long-term reduction 
in  the  willingness  of  exhibitors  and  attendees  to  travel  to  attend  our  trade  shows,  which  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We  may  fail  to  accurately  monitor  or  respond  to  changing  market  trends  and  adapt  our  trade  show  portfolio 
accordingly.

Our success depends in part upon our ability to monitor changing market trends and to adapt our trade shows, 
acquire existing trade shows or launch new trade shows to meet the evolving needs of existing and emerging target 
audiences.  The  process  of  researching,  developing,  launching  and  establishing  profitability  for  a  new  trade  show 
may lead to initial operating losses. In 2017, we launched six new events. Our efforts to adapt our trade shows, or to 
introduce  new  trade  shows  into  our  portfolio,  in  response  to  our  perception  of  changing  market  trends,  may  not 
succeed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of 
operations. 

If we fail to attract leading brands as exhibitors in, or high-quality attendees to, our trade shows, we may lose the 
benefit of the self-reinforcing “network effect” we enjoy today.

The leading brands represented by our exhibitors attract attendees who, in many cases, have authority to make 
purchasing decisions, or who offer other benefits (such as publicity or press coverage) by virtue of their attendance. 
The  presence  of  these  exhibitors  and  attendees  creates  the  self-reinforcing  “network  effect”  that  benefits  our 
business; however, if representatives of leading brands decide for any reason not to participate in our trade shows, 
the number and quality of attendees could decline, which could lead to a rapid decline in the results of one or more 
trade shows and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We may face increased competition from existing trade show operators or new competitors. 

Although the trade show market is highly fragmented, we currently face competition in certain of our industry 
sectors.  Further,  our  high  profit  margins  and  low  start-up  costs  could  encourage  new  operators  to  enter  the  trade 
show business. Both existing and new competitors present an alternative to our product offerings, and if competition 
increases or others are successful in attracting away our exhibitors and attendees, it could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A significant portion of our revenue is generated by our top five trade shows.

We depend on our top five trade shows to generate a significant portion of our revenues. For the year ended 
December  31,  2017,  our  top  five  shows  were  ASD  Market  Week  March,  ASD  Market  Week  August,  NY  NOW 
Summer, NY NOW Winter and KBIS. For the year ended December 31, 2017, these shows represented 33% of our 
total  revenues.  Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  ASD  Market  Week  and  NY  NOW  represent  multiple  product 
categories and that all of our shows are highly diversified by customer, a significant decline in the performance or 
prospects of any one of these significant trade shows could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

17

We intend to continue to be highly acquisitive, and our acquisition growth strategy entails risk.

Our acquisition growth strategy entails various risks, including, among others:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the risks inherent in identifying desirable acquisition candidates, including management time spent away from 
running our core business and external costs associated with identifying such acquisition candidates;

the risk that we turn out to be wrong with respect to selecting and consummating what we had believed to be 
accretive acquisitions;

the risk of overpaying for a particular acquisition;

the  risks  of  successfully  integrating  an  acquisition  and  retaining  the  key  employees  and/or  customers  of 
acquired businesses;

the risks relating to potential unknown liabilities of acquired businesses;

the cultural, execution, currency, tax and other risks associated with any future international expansion; and

the  risks  associated  with  financing  an  acquisition,  which  may  involve  diluting  our  existing  stockholders, 
reducing our liquidity or incurring additional debt, which in turn could result in increased debt service costs 
and/or a requirement to comply with certain financial or other covenants.

In furtherance of our strategy of growth through acquisitions, we routinely review and conduct investigations 
of potential acquisitions, some of which may be material. When we believe a favorable opportunity exists, we seek 
to  enter  into  discussions  with  target  shows  or  sellers  regarding  the  possibility  of  such  acquisitions.  At  any  given 
time,  we  may  be  in  discussions  with  one  or  more  counterparties.  There  can  be  no  assurances  that  any  such 
negotiations  will  lead  to  definitive  agreements,  or  if  such  agreements  are  reached,  that  any  transactions  would  be 
consummated.

Our exhibitors may choose to use an increasing portion of their marketing and advertising budgets to fund online 
initiatives or otherwise reduce the amount of money they have available to spend in connection with our trade 
shows.

Our trade shows have high NSF renewal rates, and we expect to continue to derive the substantial majority of 
our revenues from selling booth space to exhibitors. Although we have not observed a decline in demand for our 
trade  shows  as  a  result  of  the  increasing  use  of  the  internet  and  social  media  for  advertising  and  marketing,  the 
increasing influence of online marketing and any resulting reductions of the budgets our participants allocate to our 
trade  shows  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  cash  flows  and  results  of 
operations.

We may lose the services of members of our senior management team or of certain of our key full time employees 
and we may not be able to replace them adequately.

We benefit substantially from the leadership and experience of members of our senior management team and 
we depend on their continued services to successfully implement our business strategy. The loss of any member of 
our  senior  management  team  or  other  key  employee  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition 
and results of operations. We currently maintain key man insurance only for our CEO. We cannot be certain that we 
will  continue  to  retain  our  executives’  services,  or  the  services  of  other  key  personnel,  many  of  whom  have 
significant industry experience and/or institutional knowledge. Moreover, we may not be able to attract and retain 
other qualified personnel. The loss of the services of senior management or other key full-time employees, or our 
inability  to  attract  and  retain  other  qualified  personnel,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We use third-party agents whom we do not control to sell space at our trade shows, particularly to international 
exhibitors.

We  supplement  our  sales  employees  with  third-party  agents,  who  often  have  deeper  connections  in 
international markets than we could have on our own. We do not have full control over these agents, and they have 
the  potential  to  expose  us  to  reputational  and  legal  risks  either  through  representing  our  company  poorly,  selling 
exhibition space at our trade shows to low quality or otherwise inappropriate exhibitors or violating certain laws or 

18

regulations including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other applicable anti-bribery laws in contravention 
of our policies and procedures. Our relationships with these agents are not always exclusive, and any of a number of 
factors  could  lead  to  a  reduction  or  cessation  of  their  efforts  to  sell  exhibit  space  at  our  trade  shows,  potentially 
reducing participation at our trade shows and having a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, 
cash flows and results of operations.

Changes  in  legislation,  regulation  and  government  policy,  including  as  a  result  of  U.S.  presidential  and 
congressional elections, may have a material adverse effect on our business in the future.

The  presidential  and  congressional  elections  in  the  United  States  could  result  in  significant  changes  in,  and 
uncertainty with respect to, legislation, regulation and government policy. While it is not possible to predict whether 
and  when  any  such  changes  will  occur,  changes  at  the  local,  state  or  federal  level  could  significantly  impact  our 
business.  Specific  legislative  and  regulatory  proposals  discussed  during  and  after  the  election  that  could  have  a 
material  impact  on  us  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  infrastructure  renewal  programs;  changes  to  immigration 
policy;  modifications  to  international  trade  policy,  including  withdrawing  from  trade  agreements;  and  changes  to 
financial legislation and public company reporting requirements. In particular, changes to immigration policy could 
make it more difficult for some exhibitors and attendees to attend our events.

We  are  currently  unable  to  predict  whether  policy  change  discussions  will  meaningfully  change  existing 
legislative and regulatory environments relevant for our business. To the extent that such changes have a negative 
impact  on  us,  including  as  a  result  of  related  uncertainty,  these  changes  may  materially  and  adversely  impact  our 
business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Recently enacted changes to the U.S. tax laws may have a material impact on us.

On December 20, 2017, the U.S. House of Representatives and the U.S. Senate each voted to approve H.R. 1 
(commonly referred to as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act”) and, on December 22, 2017, the President signed the Tax 
Cuts and Jobs Act into law.  The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act makes extensive changes to the U.S. tax laws and includes 
provisions  that,  among  other  things,  reduce  the  U.S.  corporate  income  tax  rate,  introduce  a  capital  investment 
deduction, limit the interest deduction, limit the use of net operating losses to offset future taxable income, and make 
extensive  changes  to  the  U.S.  international  tax  system,  including  the  taxation  of  foreign  earnings  of  U.S. 
multinational  corporations.  In  addition,  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  modifies  the  deductibility  of  certain  executive 
officer  compensation,  which  may  limit  our  ability  to  deduct  performance-based  compensation,  including 
compensation related to the exercise of options by certain executive officers. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is complex 
and far-reaching and we cannot predict with certainty the resulting impact its enactment will have on us.

A loss or disruption of the services from one or more of the limited number of outside contractors who specialize 
in decoration, facility set-up and other services in connection with our trade shows could harm our business.

We, and to a greater extent, our exhibitors, use a limited number of outside contractors for decoration, facility 
set-up  and  other  services  in  connection  with  our  trade  shows,  and  we  and  our  exhibitors  rely  on  the  availability, 
capability and willingness of these contractors to provide services on a timely basis and on favorable economic and 
other terms. Notwithstanding our long-term contracts with these contractors, many factors outside our control could 
harm these relationships and the availability, capability or willingness of these contractors to provide these services 
on acceptable terms. The partial or complete loss of these contractors, or a significant adverse change in our or our 
exhibitors’  relationships  with  any  of  these  contractors,  could  result  in  service  delays,  reputational  damage  and/or 
added costs that could harm our business and customer relationships to the extent we or our exhibitors are unable to 
replace  them  in  a  timely  or  cost-effective  fashion,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Some facilities where we hold our trade shows require decorators, facility set-up and other service providers to 
use unionized labor. Any union strikes or work stoppages could result in delays in launching or running our trade 
shows,  reputational  damage  and/or  added  costs,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

19

The industry associations that sponsor and market our trade shows could cease to do so effectively, or could be 
replaced or supplemented by new industry associations who do not sponsor or market our trade shows.

We  often  enter  into  long-term  sponsorship  agreements  with  industry  associations  whereby  the  industry 
association endorses and markets our trade show to its members, typically in exchange for a percentage of the trade 
show’s revenue. Our success depends, in part, on our continued relationships with these industry associations and 
our  ability  to  enter  into  similar  relationships  with  other  industry  associations.  Although  we  frequently  enter  into 
long-term  agreements  with  these  counterparties,  these  relationships  remain  subject  to  various  risks,  including, 
among others:

•

•

•

•

•

failure of an industry trade association to renew a sponsorship agreement upon its expiration;

termination of a sponsorship agreement by an industry trade association in specified circumstances;

the  willingness,  ability  and  effectiveness  of  an  industry  trade  association  to  market  our  trade  shows  to  its 
members;

dissolution of an industry trade association and/or the failure of a new industry trade association to support us; 
and

the ability on the part of an industry trade association to organize a trade show itself.

Any disruptions or impediments in these existing relationships, or the inability to establish a new relationship, 

could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Our launch of new trade shows or new initiatives with respect to current trade shows may be unsuccessful and 
consume significant management and financial resources.

From time to time, we launch new trade shows or new initiatives with respect to current trade shows. In 2017, 
we  launched  six  new  events.  We  may  expend  significant  management  time  and  start-up  expenses  during  the 
development and launch of new trade shows or initiatives, and if such trade shows or initiatives are not successful or 
fall  short  of  expectations,  we  may  be  adversely  affected.  Because  we  have  limited  resources,  we  must  effectively 
manage  and  properly  allocate  and  prioritize  our  efforts.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  successful  or, 
even  if  successful,  that  any  resulting  new  trade  shows  or  new  initiatives  with  respect  to  current  trade  shows  will 
achieve customer acceptance. 

We  do  not  own  certain  of  the  trade  shows  that  we  operate  or  certain  trademarks  associated  with  some  of  our 
shows.

Risks  associated  with  our  relationships  with  industry  trade  associations  or  other  third-party  sponsors  of  our 
events  are  particularly  applicable  in  the  cases  of  KBIS  and  CEDIA,  which  are  trade  shows  owned  by  industry 
associations,  and  in  the  case  of  the  JA  New  York  trade  shows  and  our  Military  trade  shows,  which  are  the  trade 
shows in our portfolio where the show trademarks are owned by an industry association or other third party and not 
by us. Any material disruption to our relationship with these third parties could have a material adverse impact on 
the revenue stream from these trade shows. 

The infringement or invalidation of proprietary rights could have an adverse effect on our business.

We  rely  on  trademark,  trade  secret  and  copyright  laws  in  the  United  States  and  on  company  policies  and 
confidentiality  agreements  with  our  employees,  consultants,  advisors  and  collaborators  to  protect  our  proprietary 
rights,  including  with  respect  to  the  names  of  our  trade  shows,  our  exhibitor  and  attendee  contact  databases  and 
other  intellectual  property  rights.  Our  confidentiality  agreements  may  not  provide  adequate  protection  of  our 
proprietary rights in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary information or if our proprietary 
information otherwise becomes known, or is independently developed, by competitors. Failure to obtain or maintain 
adequate  protection  of  our  intellectual  property  rights  for  any  reason  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business. We rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our trade shows from those of our 
competitors, and have registered and applied to register many of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our 
trademark applications will be approved or that our federal registrations will be upheld if challenged. Third parties 
may oppose our applications or otherwise challenge our use of our trademarks through administrative processes or 
litigation. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products 

20

and/or  services,  which  could  result  in  the  loss  of  brand  recognition  and  could  require  us  to  devote  resources  to 
advertising  and  marketing  new  brands.  Further,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  competitors  will  not  infringe  our 
trademarks,  or  that  we  will  identify  all  such  infringements  or  have  adequate  resources  to  properly  enforce  our 
trademarks.

In  addition,  our  business  activities  could  infringe  upon  the  proprietary  rights  of  others,  who  could  assert 
infringement claims against us. If we are forced to defend against any such claims, whether they are with or without 
merit or are determined in our favor, then we may face reputational damage, costly and time-consuming litigation, 
diversion of management’s attention and resources or other adverse effects on our products and services. As a result 
of such a dispute, we may have to rebrand our products or services, or enter into royalty or licensing agreements in 
order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, 
may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If there is a successful claim of infringement against us, we 
could  be  required  to  pay  significant  damages,  enter  into  costly  royalty  or  licensing  agreements,  or  discontinue 
certain of our brands, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Our information technology systems, including our ERP business management system, could be disrupted.

The  efficient  operation  of  our  business  depends  on  our  information  technology  systems.  Since  the  Onex 
Acquisition,  we  have  implemented  an  ERP  business  management  system,  and  we  recently  implemented 
applications,  including  Hyperion  planning  software  and  a  new  customer  relationship  management  tool.  We  also 
recently completed the transfer of our data storage functions to a new cloud storage services provider. We rely on 
our  information  technology  systems  and  certain  third-party  providers  to  effectively  manage  our  business  data, 
communications, supply chain, order entry and fulfillment and other business and financial processes. Our failure to 
properly and efficiently implement our information technology systems, or the failure of our information technology 
systems  to  perform  as  we  anticipate,  could  disrupt  our  business  and  could  result  in  transaction  errors,  processing 
inefficiencies  and  the  loss  of  revenue  and  customers,  causing  our  business  and  results  of  operations  to  suffer.  In 
addition,  our  information  technology  systems  may  be  vulnerable  to  damage  or  interruption  from  circumstances 
beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failures and viruses. While we maintain 
disaster recovery plans, any such damage or interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We could fail to protect certain employee or customer data.

We collect and retain certain employee and customer data, including personally identifiable information, and, 
in some cases, credit card data. Our various information technology systems enter, process, summarize and report 
such  data.  The  integrity  and  protection  of  such  data  is  critical  to  our  business,  and  our  customers  and  employees 
have an expectation that we will adequately protect their personal information. Public attention regarding the use of 
personal  information  and  data  transfer  has  increased  in  recent  years,  and  the  regulatory  environment  governing 
information, security and privacy laws, as well as the requirements imposed on us by the credit card industry, are 
increasingly  demanding  and  continue  to  evolve  rapidly.  The  changing  nature  of  privacy  laws  in  the  U.S.,  the 
European Union and elsewhere could impact our processing of personal and sensitive information of our employees, 
vendors  and  customers.  For  instance,  the  European  Union  adopted  a  comprehensive  General  Data  Privacy 
Regulation (“GDPR”) in May 2016 that will replace the current EU Data Protection Directive and related country-
specific  legislation  in  May  2018.  Maintaining  compliance  with  applicable  information  security  and  privacy 
regulations  could  increase  our  operating  costs  and  require  significant  management  time  and  attention.   Failure  to 
comply with such regulations may subject us to negative publicity, government scrutiny or remedies that may harm 
our business, including fines or demands that we modify or cease existing business practices. We rely on third-party 
vendors  to  host  our  websites,  customer  databases  and  billing  system.  Any  errors,  failures,  interruptions  or  delays 
experienced  in  connection  with  these  third-party  technologies  and  information  services  or  our  own  systems  could 
negatively impact our relationships with customers, adversely affect our brands and business and expose us to third-
party  liabilities.  We  exercise  limited  control  over  these  third-party  vendors,  which  increases  our  vulnerability  to 
problems  with  services  they  provide.  Furthermore,  a  compromised  data  system  or  the  intentional,  inadvertent  or 
negligent release or disclosure of data by us or our third-party providers could result in theft, loss, or fraudulent or 
unlawful use of customer, employee or company data, any of which could harm our reputation and/or result in costs, 
fines or lawsuits, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. 

21

We face risks associated with event cancellations or other interruptions to our business, which the insurance we 
maintain may not fully cover.

We maintain business interruption, event cancellation, casualty, general commercial and umbrella and excess 
liability insurance, as well as policies relating to workers’ compensation, director and officer insurance and property 
and product liability insurance. Our insurance policies may not cover all risks associated with the operation of our 
business and may not be sufficient to offset the costs of all losses, lost sales or increased costs experienced during 
business  interruptions  or  event  cancellations.  For  example,  during  the  third  quarter  of  2017,  we  experienced 
disruptions to ISS Orlando, Surf Expo and ICFF South Florida as a result of the impact of Hurricane Irma, and we 
may be forced to cancel future trade shows in the event of natural or man-made disasters. In addition, many of our 
trade shows are held in government-owned facilities, including three that are held on military bases operated by the 
U.S. government. These governmental entities may have the right to exclude us from the venues, or may not give us 
executed  venue  contracts  until  immediately  prior  to  a  scheduled  trade  show.  While  we  are  insured  against  losses 
arising from event cancellations, we are not reimbursed for any property that is discarded or destroyed or that we are 
required  to  replace  because  our  existing  assets  are  temporarily  inaccessible.  Such  losses  could  have  a  negative 
impact on our business.

Certain  events  can  also  lead  to  reputational  harm  which  could  have  a  long-term  negative  impact  on  a  trade 
show that would not be mitigated by insurance coverage. For some risks, we may not obtain insurance if we believe 
the  cost  of  available  insurance  is  excessive  relative  to  the  risks  presented.  As  a  result  of  market  conditions, 
premiums  and  deductibles  for  certain  insurance  policies  can  increase  substantially  and,  in  some  instances,  certain 
insurance policies may become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. As a result, we may 
not be able to renew our insurance policies or procure other desirable insurance on commercially reasonable terms, 
if at all. Losses and liabilities from uninsured or underinsured events and delay in the payment of insurance proceeds 
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may face material litigation.

Although we are not currently subject to any litigation that we believe would have a material adverse effect on 
our  business,  financial  condition,  cash  flows  or  results  of  operations,  we  may  in  the  future  become  subject  to 
litigation  or  claims  that  arise  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  including  from,  among  other  things,  breach  of 
contract, defamation, libel, fraud or negligence or intellectual property infringement, as well as employment-related 
litigation, including claims of age discrimination, sexual harassment, gender discrimination, immigration violations, 
and other local, state and federal labor law violations. Litigation can be expensive, time-consuming and disruptive to 
normal business operations, including to our management team due to the increased time and resources required to 
respond to and address the litigation. An unfavorable outcome with respect to any particular matter or costs related 
to the settlement of any such matter could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash 
flows and results of operations. 

We may be unable to fully utilize the benefits associated with our favorable tax attributes. 

Our  favorable  tax  attributes  include  amortization  of  intangibles  resulting  primarily  from  our  historical 
acquisitions.  If  we  generate  taxable  income  in  the  future,  we  may  be  able  to  utilize  our  amortization  expense  to 
offset  future  federal  income  tax  liabilities.  We  expect  amortization  expense  relating  to  recent  acquisitions  will  be 
available to offset cash taxes on an aggregate of approximately $503.6 million of income over the next 15 years. To 
the extent possible, we will structure our operating activities to minimize our income tax liabilities. However, there 
can be no assurance we will be able to reduce it to a specified level. 

Risks Relating to our Indebtedness

Our  substantial  indebtedness  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and  limit  our  ability  to  raise 
additional capital to fund our operations.

We  have  a  significant  amount  of  indebtedness.  As  of  December  31,  2017,  we  had  $562.2  million  of 
borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan  Facility,  with  $149.1  million  in  additional 
borrowing  capacity  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit  Facility  (as  defined  below)  (after  giving 
effect to $0.9 million of outstanding letters of credit). 

22

Our high level of indebtedness could have important consequences to us, including:

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt;

limiting  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  to  fund  future  working  capital,  capital  expenditures, 
investments or acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

requiring  a  substantial  portion  of  our  cash  flows  to  be  dedicated  to  debt  service  payments  instead  of  other 
purposes,  thereby  reducing  the  amount  of  cash  flows  available  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures, 
investments or acquisitions or other general corporate purposes;

increasing our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions;

exposing  us  to  the  risk  of  increased  interest  rates  as  borrowings  under  our  Amended  and  Restated  Senior 
Secured  Credit  Facilities  (to  the  extent  not  hedged)  bear  interest  at  variable  rates,  which  could  further 
adversely impact our cash flows;

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and the industry in which we 
compete;

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

impairing our ability to obtain additional financing in the future;

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and

increasing our cost of borrowing.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Any  one  of  these  limitations  could  have  a  material  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  cash  flows, 

results of operations and ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of our outstanding debt.

Despite  our  current  debt  levels,  we  may  incur  substantially  more  indebtedness,  which  could  further  exacerbate 
the risks associated with our substantial leverage. 

We  and  our  subsidiaries  may  be  able  to  incur  additional  indebtedness  in  the  future,  which  may  be  secured. 
While our Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries 
to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and thus, 
notwithstanding these restrictions, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt. In addition, provided that no 
default or event of default (as defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities) has occurred 
and  is  continuing,  we  have  the  option  to  add  one  or  more  incremental  term  loan  or  revolving  credit  facilities  or 
increase commitments under the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility by an aggregate amount of the 
sum of (X) (i) if the incremental loans are first lien loans, an amount such that the first lien net leverage ratio does 
not exceed 4.00:1.00, (ii) if the incremental loans are junior lien loans, an amount such that the secured net leverage 
ratio does not exceed 4.00:1.00, (iii) if the incremental loans are unsecured, either the total net leverage ratio does 
not exceed 5.00:1.00 or the fixed charge coverage ratio is not less than 2.00:1.00, or, in each case, if the incremental 
loans are incurred with a permitted acquisition, an amount such that the applicable leverage ratio will not increase as 
a result of the permitted acquisition (on a pro forma basis giving effect to the incremental loans); plus (Y) an amount 
equal  to  certain  prior  voluntary  prepayments,  loan  buybacks  and  commitment  reductions  of  loans  under  the 
Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities, plus (Z) an amount equal to the greater of $160 million and 
100% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities). As of 
December 31, 2017, we had $562.2 million of borrowings outstanding under the Amended and Restated Term Loan 
Facility, with $149.1 million in additional borrowing capacity under the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit 
Facility (after giving effect to $0.9 million of outstanding letters of credit). To the extent that we incur additional 
indebtedness, the risks that we now face related to our substantial indebtedness could increase.

To service our indebtedness, we require a significant amount of cash, which depends on many factors beyond our 
control.

Based  on  our  current  level  of  operations,  we  believe  our  cash  flow  from  operations,  available  cash  and 
available borrowings under our Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be adequate to meet our 
liquidity  needs  for  the  next  twelve  months.  We  cannot  assure  you,  however,  that  our  business  will  generate 

23

sufficient  cash  flow  from  operations,  or  that  future  borrowings  will  be  available  to  us  under  our  Amended  and 
Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities in amounts sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs.

If  we  do  not  generate  sufficient  cash  flow  from  operations  to  satisfy  our  debt  obligations,  we  may  have  to 

undertake alternative financing plans, such as:

•

•

•

refinancing or restructuring our debt;

selling assets; or

seeking to raise additional capital.

We cannot assure you that we would be able to enter into these alternative financing plans on commercially 
reasonable terms or at all. Moreover, any alternative financing plans that we may be required to undertake would 
still not guarantee that we would be able to meet our debt obligations. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow 
to satisfy our debt obligations, or to obtain alternative financing, could materially and adversely affect our business, 
results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and  business  prospects.  See  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

We  will  need  to  repay  or  refinance  borrowings  under  our  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit 
Facilities.

The Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility and the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility are 
scheduled to mature in May 2024 and May 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, we had $562.2 million of 
borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan  Facility,  with  $149.1  million  in  additional 
borrowing capacity under the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility (after giving effect to $0.9 million of 
outstanding letters of credit).

Our ability to repay, refinance, replace or extend these facilities by their maturity dates will be dependent on, 
among  other  things,  business  conditions,  our  financial  performance  and  the  general  condition  of  the  financial 
markets. If a financial disruption were to occur at the time that we are required to repay indebtedness outstanding 
under  our  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities,  we  could  be  forced  to  undertake  alternate 
financings, negotiate for an extension of the maturity of our Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities 
or sell assets and delay capital expenditures in order to generate proceeds that could be used to repay indebtedness 
under  our  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to 
consummate any such transaction on terms that are commercially reasonable, on terms acceptable to us or at all. 

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to 
increase significantly.

Borrowings under our Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities are at variable rates of interest 
and  expose  us  to  interest  rate  risk.  Interest  rates  are  still  low  on  a  historical  basis  and  are  projected  to  rise  in  the 
future. If interest rates rise, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness will increase even though 
the  amount  borrowed  may  remain  the  same,  and  our  net  income  and  cash  flows  will  correspondingly  decrease. 
Assuming no prepayments of the Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility (under which we had $562.2 million of 
borrowings  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2017)  and  that  the  $150.0  million  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving 
Credit  Facility  is  fully  drawn  (and  to  the  extent  that  LIBOR  is  in  excess  of  the  floor  rate  of  our  Amended  and 
Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities),  each  0.125%  change  in  interest  rates  would  result  in  a  $1.4  million 
change  in  annual  interest  expense  on  the  indebtedness  under  our  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit 
Facilities.

In  March  2014,  we  entered  into  forward  interest  rate  swap  and  floor  contracts  effectively  converting  the 
interest  ratio  on  $100.0  million  of  borrowings  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities 
from  a  floating  to  a  fixed  rate  in  order  to  reduce  interest  rate  volatility.  The  contracts  have  effective  dates  of 
December  31,  2015.  Any  swaps  we  enter  into  have  costs  associated  with  them  and  may  not  fully  or  effectively 
mitigate our interest rate risk. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Interest Rate Swap and Floor” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for additional details regarding these instruments.

24

The covenants in our Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities impose restrictions that may limit 
our operating and financial flexibility.

Our Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain a number of significant restrictions and 

covenants that limit our ability, among other things, to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

incur additional indebtedness;

pay dividends or distributions on our capital stock or repurchase or redeem our capital stock;

prepay, redeem or repurchase specified indebtedness;

create certain liens;

sell, transfer or otherwise convey certain assets;

make certain investments;

create dividend or other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries;

engage in transactions with affiliates;

create unrestricted subsidiaries;

consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets or the assets of our subsidiaries;

enter into agreements containing certain prohibitions affecting us or our subsidiaries; and

enter into new lines of business.

In addition, the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility contains a financial covenant requiring us to 
comply with a 5.50 to 1.00 total first lien net secured leverage ratio test. This financial covenant is tested quarterly if 
the aggregate amount of revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit outstanding under the Amended and 
Restated Revolving Credit Facility (net of up to $10.0 million of outstanding letters of credit) exceeds 35% of the 
total commitments thereunder.

These covenants could materially and adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital 
needs. Furthermore, they may restrict our ability to expand and pursue our business strategies and otherwise conduct 
our business. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by circumstances and events beyond our 
control, such as prevailing economic conditions and changes in regulations, and we cannot assure you that we will 
be  able  to  comply  with  such  covenants.  These  restrictions  also  limit  our  ability  to  obtain  future  financings  to 
withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general. In addition, complying with these covenants 
may also cause us to take actions that may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy 
and compete against companies that are not subject to such restrictions.

A breach of any covenant in our Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the agreements 
and indentures governing any other indebtedness that we may have outstanding from time to time would result in a 
default under that agreement or indenture after any applicable grace periods. A default, if not waived, could result in 
acceleration of the debt outstanding under the agreement and in a default with respect to, and an acceleration of, the 
debt  outstanding  under  other  debt  agreements.  If  that  occurs,  we  may  not  be  able  to  make  all  of  the  required 
payments or borrow sufficient funds to refinance such debt. Even if new financing were available at that time, it may 
not be on terms that are acceptable to us or terms as favorable as our current agreements. If our debt is in default for 
any reason, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or 
above the price you paid.

Our common stock has only been listed for public trading on the New York Stock Exchange since April 28, 
2017. The trading price of our common stock may be volatile. Securities markets worldwide experience significant 
price  and  volume  fluctuations.  This  market  volatility,  as  well  as  other  general  economic,  market  or  political 

25

conditions,  could  reduce  the  market  price  of  our  common  shares  in  spite  of  our  operating  performance.  The 
following factors, in addition to other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

negative trends in global economic conditions and/or activity levels in our industry sectors;

changes in consumer needs, expectations or trends;

our ability to implement our business strategy;

our ability to complete and integrate new acquisitions;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

trading volume of our common stock;

sales of our common stock by us, our executive officers and directors or our stockholders (including certain 
affiliates of Onex) in the future; and

general economic and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the U.S. equity markets.

In addition, broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, 
regardless of our actual operating performance, and factors beyond our control may cause our stock price to decline 
rapidly and unexpectedly. We are exposed to the impact of any global or domestic economic disruption, including 
any  potential  impact  of  the  vote  by  the  United  Kingdom  to  exit  the  European  Union,  commonly  referred  to  as 
“Brexit.” Furthermore, the stock market has experienced extreme volatility that, in some cases, has been unrelated or 
disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

Our share price may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price 
of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in 
the  future.  Litigation  of  this  type  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  diversion  of  management’s  attention  and 
resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.

Because Onex controls the majority of our common stock, it may control all major corporate decisions and its 
interests may conflict with the interests of other holders of our common stock.

As of December 31, 2017, Onex beneficially owned approximately 53.8 million shares of our common stock, 
representing approximately 74% of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, for so long as Onex continues to 
hold the majority of our common stock, Onex will exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs and 
will  have  the  power  to  determine  all  matters  submitted  to  a  vote  of  our  stockholders,  including  the  election  of 
directors and approval of significant corporate transactions such as amendments to our certificate of incorporation, 
mergers  and  the  sale  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  our  assets.  Onex  could  cause  corporate  actions  to  be  taken  that 
conflict  with  the  interests  of  our  other  stockholders.  This  concentration  of  ownership  could  have  the  effect  of 
deterring  or  preventing  a  change  in  control  transaction  that  might  otherwise  be  beneficial  to  our  stockholders.  In 
addition, Onex may in the future own businesses that directly compete with ours.

Our directors who have relationships with Onex may have conflicts of interest with respect to matters involving 
us.

Two of our seven directors are affiliated with Onex. These persons have fiduciary duties to both us and Onex. 
As  a  result,  they  may  have  real  or  apparent  conflicts  of  interest  on  matters  affecting  both  us  and  Onex,  which  in 
some  circumstances  may  have  interests  adverse  to  ours.  Onex  is  in  the  business  of  making  or  advising  on 
investments in companies and may hold, and may from time to time in the future acquire, interests in, or provide 
advice to, businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or that are suppliers or 
customers of ours. In addition, as a result of Onex’ ownership interest, conflicts of interest could arise with respect 
to  transactions  involving  business  dealings  between  us  and  Onex  including  potential  acquisitions  of  businesses  or 
properties, the issuance of additional securities, the payment of dividends by us and other matters.  In January 2018, 

26

Onex  completed  its  acquisition  of  SMG  Holdings  Inc.  (“SMG”),  a  leading  global  manager  of  convention  centers, 
stadiums,  arenas,  theaters,  performing  arts  centers  and  other  venues.  Certain  of  our  events  are  staged  in  SMG 
managed venues and one of our directors affiliated with Onex is also a director of SMG.

In  addition,  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  provides  that  the  doctrine  of  “corporate 
opportunity”  does  not  apply  with  respect  to  us,  to  Onex  or  certain  related  parties  or  any  of  our  directors  who  are 
employees of Onex or its affiliates such that Onex and its affiliates are permitted to invest in competing businesses 
or  do  business  with  our  customers.  Under  the  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation,  subject  to  the 
limitations  set  forth  therein,  Onex  is  not  required  to  tell  us  about  a  corporate  opportunity,  may  pursue  that 
opportunity for itself or it may direct that opportunity to another person without liability to our stockholders. To the 
extent they invest in such other businesses, Onex may have differing interests than our other stockholders.

We  are  a  “controlled  company”  within  the  meaning  of  the  rules  of  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  and,  as  a 
result, rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Onex owns the majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within 
the  meaning  of  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  corporate  governance  standards.  A  company  of  which  more  than 
50% of the combined voting power is held by an individual, a group or another company is a “controlled company” 
within  the  meaning  of  the  rules  of  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  and  may  elect  not  to  comply  with  certain 
corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, including:

•

•

•

•

the requirement that a majority of our board consist of independent directors;

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of 
independent directors;

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; 
and

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance committee 
and compensation committee.

We currently rely on certain of the exemptions listed above. Accordingly, while we currently have a majority 
of  independent  directors,  our  nominating  and  corporate  governance  and  compensation  committees  do  not  consist 
entirely of independent directors. The independence standards are intended to ensure that directors who meet those 
standards  are  free  of  any  conflicting  interest  that  could  influence  their  actions  as  directors.  Accordingly,  our 
shareholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the 
corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. In addition, Rule 10C-1 under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as adopted by the national securities exchanges, requires, 
among other things, that:

•

•

•

compensation  committees  be  composed  of  fully  independent  directors,  as  determined  pursuant  to  new  and 
existing independence requirements;

compensation  committees  be  explicitly  charged  with  hiring  and  overseeing  compensation  consultants,  legal 
counsel and other committee advisers; and

compensation committees are required to consider, when engaging compensation consultants, legal counsel or 
other  advisers,  certain  independence  factors,  including  factors  that  examine  the  relationship  between  the 
consultant or adviser’s employer and us.

As a “controlled company”, we are not subject to these compensation committee independence requirements, 
and accordingly, our shareholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are 
subject to these compensation committee independence requirements.

27

Taking advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” may make 
our common stock less attractive to investors.

The  Jumpstart  Our  Business  Startups  Act  of  2012  (the  “JOBS  Act”)  provides  that,  so  long  as  a  company 

qualifies as an “emerging growth company,” it will, among other things: 

•

•

•

•

be  exempt  from  the  provisions  of  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  requiring  that  its  independent 
registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting;

be  exempt  from  the  “say  on  pay”  and  “say  on  golden  parachute”  advisory  vote  requirements  of  the  Dodd-
Frank Wall Street Reform and Customer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”);

be  exempt  from  certain  disclosure  requirements  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  relating  to  compensation  of  its 
executive  officers  and  be  permitted  to  omit  the  detailed  compensation  discussion  and  analysis  from  proxy 
statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act; and

be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring 
mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

We  intend  to  continue  to  take  advantage  of  each  of  the  exemptions  described  above.  We  have  irrevocably 
elected not to take advantage of the extension of time to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards 
available  under  Section  107(b)  of  the  JOBS  Act.  We  could  be  an  emerging  growth  company  for  up  to  five  years 
after the IPO. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we elect to rely on these 
exemptions,  or  if  taking  advantage  of  these  exemptions  will  result  in  less  active  trading  or  more  volatility  in  the 
price of our common stock.

We have incurred and will continue to incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company and in the 
administration of our organizational structure.

As a newly public company, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting, insurance 
and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting 
requirements.  We  also  have  incurred  and  will  incur  costs  associated  with  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  and  related  rules 
implemented by the SEC. We have incurred and will continue to incur ongoing periodic expenses in connection with the 
administration  of  our  organizational  structure.  The  expenses  incurred  by  public  companies  generally  for  reporting  and 
corporate  governance  purposes  have  been  increasing.  We  expect  these  rules  and  regulations  to  increase  our  expenses 
related to insurance, legal, accounting, financial and compliance activities, as well as other expenses, and to make some 
activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of 
certainty. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, 
including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or 
incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more 
difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our 
executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to 
delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

We previously identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we experience 
additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls 
over  financial  reporting  in  the  future,  our  ability  to  prevent  or  detect  a  material  misstatement  in  our  financial 
statements could be adversely affected. 

A  “material  weakness”  is  a  deficiency,  or  a  combination  of  deficiencies,  in  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim 
financial  statements  will  not  be  prevented  or  detected  on  a  timely  basis.  In  the  period  ended  June  30,  2014,  our 
management  identified  a  material  weakness  related  to  the  calculation  of  deferred  tax  liabilities.  This  material 
weakness was remediated in 2015.

While  we  believe  that  this  previously  identified  material  weakness  has  been  remediated,  if  other  material 
weaknesses  or  other  deficiencies  arise  in  the  future,  there  may  be  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a  material 

28

misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely 
basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and require restatement.

Failure  to  establish  and  maintain  effective  internal  controls  in  accordance  with  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes- 
Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

We are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act, which require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and 
provide  an  annual  management  report  on  the  effectiveness  of  controls  over  financial  reporting.  Though  we  are 
required  to  disclose  changes  made  in  our  internal  controls  and  procedures  on  a  quarterly  basis,  we  will  not  be 
required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 
until  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2018.  However,  as  an  emerging  growth  company,  our  independent 
registered  public  accounting  firm  will  not  be  required  to  attest  to  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the earlier of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 or the date 
we  are  no  longer  an  emerging  growth  company.  At  such  time,  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm 
may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, 
designed or operating.

To  comply  with  the  requirements  of  becoming  a  public  company,  we  have  undertaken  various  actions,  and 
will  need  to  take  additional  actions,  such  as  implementing  numerous  internal  controls  and  procedures  and  hiring 
additional accounting or internal audit staff or consultants. We have hired a third-party service provider to assist us 
with  implementation  of  our  internal  audit  function.  Testing  and  maintaining  internal  control  can  divert  our 
management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. Additionally, when 
evaluating  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  we  may  identify  material  weaknesses  that  we  may  not  be 
able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of 
Section 404. If we identify any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to 
comply  with  the  requirements  of  Section  404  in  a  timely  manner  or  assert  that  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to 
the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  once  we  are  no  longer  an  emerging  growth 
company, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market 
price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the New 
York  Stock  Exchange,  the  SEC  or  other  regulatory  authorities,  which  could  require  additional  financial  and 
management resources. In addition, if we fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements could be 
inaccurate and we could face restricted access to capital markets.

Future sales, or the perception of the potential for future sales, of the shares of our common stock in the public 
market by us or our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to fall.

As  of  December  31,  2017,  we  had  72,603,826  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding.  Of  these  securities, 
approximately 18.3 million shares of common stock are freely tradable without restriction or further registration under 
federal securities laws. The approximately 54.3 million shares of common stock owned by our officers, directors and 
affiliates,  as  that  term  is  defined  in  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  “Securities  Act”),  are  “restricted 
securities”  under  the  Securities  Act.  Restricted  securities  may  not  be  sold  in  the  public  market  unless  the  sale  is 
registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

Our employees, officers and directors may elect to sell shares of our common stock in the market. Sales of a 
substantial  number  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  the  public  market  could  depress  the  market  price  of  our 
common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities.

In the future, we may issue securities to raise cash for acquisitions or otherwise. We may also acquire interests 
in other companies by using a combination of cash and our common stock or just our common stock. We may also 
issue securities convertible into our common stock. Any of these events may dilute your ownership interest in our 
company and have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

29

If securities or industry analysts cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if 
they  adversely  change  their  recommendations  or  publish  negative  reports  regarding  our  business  or  our  stock, 
our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The  trading  market  for  our  common  stock  will  be  influenced  by  the  research  and  reports  that  industry  or 
securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. We do not have any control 
over these analysts and we cannot provide any assurance that analysts will cover us or provide favorable coverage. If 
any of the analysts who may cover us adversely change their recommendation regarding our stock, or provide more 
favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price could decline. If any analyst who may 
cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in 
the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We cannot assure you that we will continue to pay dividends on our common stock, and our indebtedness could 
limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.

We paid a dividend of $0.07 per share in the second, third and fourth quarters of 2017. On January 26, 2018, 
our board of directors approved the payment of a cash dividend of $0.07 per share for the quarter ending March 31, 
2018  to  holders  of  record  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The  dividend  is  expected  to  be  paid  on  or  about 
February 23, 2018 to holders of record of our common stock as of February 9, 2018. The payment of cash dividends 
in  future  quarters  is  subject  to  the  discretion  of  our  board  of  directors  and  our  compliance  with  applicable  law,  and 
depending  on,  among  other  things,  our  results  of  operations,  capital  requirements,  financial  condition,  contractual 
restrictions, restrictions in our debt agreements and in any equity securities, business prospects and other factors that our 
board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we expect to pay 
dividends, if any, only from funds we receive from our subsidiaries, which may further restrict our ability to pay dividends 
as a result of the laws of their jurisdiction of organization, agreements of our subsidiaries or covenants under any existing 
and  future  outstanding  indebtedness  we  or  our  subsidiaries  incur.  Our  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit 
Facilities  restrict  our  ability  to  pay  dividends  on  our  common  stock.  We  expect  that  any  future  agreements  governing 
indebtedness  will  contain  similar  restrictions.  For  more  information,  see  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Dividend Policy” and “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Long-Term Debt.”

Our dividend policy entails certain risks and limitations, particularly with respect to our liquidity. By paying 
cash dividends rather than investing that cash in our business or repaying debt, we risk, among other things, slowing 
the pace of our growth and having insufficient cash to fund our operations or unanticipated capital expenditures or 
limiting our ability to incur additional borrowings.

Although we expect to continue to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may not pay dividends 
according  to  our  policy,  or  at  all,  if,  among  other  things,  we  do  not  have  the  cash  necessary  to  pay  our  intended 
dividends. The declaration and payment of dividends will be determined at the discretion of our board of directors, 
acting in compliance with applicable law and contractual restrictions. 

Some  provisions  of  our  charter  documents  and  Delaware  law  may  have  anti-takeover  effects  that  could 
discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may 
prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as 
well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), could make it more difficult for a third 
party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, including in 
transactions  in  which  stockholders  might  otherwise  receive  a  premium  for  their  shares.  Among  other  things,  our 
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

•

•

•

authorize  the  issuance  of  blank  check  preferred  stock  that  our  board  of  directors  could  issue  in  order  to 
increase the number of outstanding shares and discourage a takeover attempt; 

divide our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms;

limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors to permit removals only “for cause” once Onex ceases to 
own more than 50% of all our outstanding common stock;

30

•

•

•

•

•

prohibit our stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders once Onex ceases to own more than 
50% of all our outstanding common stock; 

prohibit  stockholder  action  by  written  consent  once  Onex  ceases  to  own  more  than  50%  of  all  our  outstanding 
common stock, which will require that all stockholder actions be taken at a duly called meeting of our stockholders; 

provide  that  our  board  of  directors  is  expressly  authorized  to  adopt,  alter,  or  repeal  our  amended  and  restated 
bylaws;

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing 
matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and

require the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock to amend our 
amended and restated bylaws and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation if 
Onex ceases to own more than 50% of all our outstanding common stock.

These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of 
our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other 
stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take corporate actions other than those you desire.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, subject to limited exceptions, that the Court of 
Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our 
stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us 
or our directors, officers or employees.

Our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  provides,  subject  to  limited  exceptions,  unless  we 
consent to an alternative forum, that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive 
forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of 
a  fiduciary  duty  owed  by  any  director,  officer,  stockholder,  employee  or  agent  of  the  Company  to  us  or  our 
stockholders,  (iii)  any  action  asserting  a  claim  against  us,  or  our  directors,  officers  or  other  employees,  arising 
pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and 
restated  bylaws,  or  (iv)  any  action  asserting  a  claim  against  us,  or  our  directors,  officers,  stockholders  or  other 
employees,  governed  by  the  internal  affairs  doctrine.  The  choice  of  forum  provision  may  limit  a  stockholder’s 
ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or 
other  employees,  which  may  discourage  such  lawsuits  against  us  and  our  directors,  officers  and  other  employees. 
Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate 
of  incorporation  to  be  inapplicable  or  unenforceable  in  an  action,  we  may  incur  additional  costs  associated  with 
resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Because  we  are  a  holding  company  with  no  operations  of  our  own,  we  rely  on  dividends,  distributions,  and 
transfers of funds from our subsidiaries.

We are a holding company that conducts all of our operations through subsidiaries. Consequently, we rely on 
dividends  or  advances  from  our  subsidiaries.  The  ability  of  such  subsidiaries  to  pay  dividends  to  us  is  subject  to 
applicable local law and may be limited due to terms of other contractual arrangements, including our indebtedness. 
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Long-Term Debt.” 
Such laws and restrictions would restrict our ability to continue operations. In addition, Delaware law may impose 
requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock. 

31

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None.

Item 2. Properties. 

We  have  four  key  offices  located  in  San  Juan  Capistrano,  California;  Alpharetta,  Georgia;  New  York,  New 
York;  and  Culver  City,  California.  We  also  have  several  other  smaller  locations  throughout  the  United  States, 
including  in  White  Plains,  New  York;  Chicago,  Illinois;  Toledo,  Ohio;  Rye,  New  Hampshire;  and  Louisville, 
Kentucky.  We  lease  our  offices  from  third  parties  on  market  terms  and,  in  some  cases  following  an  acquisition, 
through transition services agreements with the applicable seller. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings. 

From time to time, we may be involved in general legal disputes arising in the ordinary course of our business. 
We  are  not  currently  involved  in  legal  proceedings  that  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

None.

32

PART II

Item  5.  Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of 
Equity Securities. 

Market Information for Common Stock, Holders of Record and Dividends

On May 3, 2017, we closed our IPO at an initial offering price of $17.00 per share. Prior to that time, there 
was no public market for our stock. Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trades under 
the symbol "EEX". The approximate number of record holders of our common stock on February 19, 2018 was 25. 
Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, 
we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders. High and low stock 
prices for each quarterly period where there was a public market for our stock in the last two years were as follows:

Quarter ended June 30 (beginning on April 28, 2017)......................... $
Quarter ended September 30, ............................................................... $
Quarter ended December 31,................................................................ $

23.37
23.43
24.56

$
$
$

18.67
20.99
19.75

2017

High

Low

We declared and paid three quarterly cash dividends of $0.07 per share in each of the second, third and fourth 
quarters  of  2017,  totaling  $15.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2017.  We  intend  to  pay  quarterly  cash 
dividends  on  our  common  stock.    The  payment  of  dividends  in  future  quarters  is  subject  to  the  discretion  of  our 
board  of  directors  and  depending  upon  results  of  operations,  cash  requirements,  financial  conditions,  contractual 
restrictions imposed by applicable laws and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.  Based on 
the  72,603,826  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2017,  this  dividend  policy  implies  a 
quarterly  cash  requirement  of  approximately  $5.1  million  (or  an  annual  cash  requirement  of  approximately  $20.3 
million), which amount may be changed or terminated in the future at any time and for any reason without advance 
notice.

33

Stock Performance Graph

The  following  performance  graph  and  related  information  shall  not  be  deemed  “soliciting  material”  or 
“filed”  with  the  SEC,  nor  shall  such  information  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  any  future  filing  under  the 
Securities  Act  of  1933,  or  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  each  as  amended,  except  to  the  extent  that  it  is 
specifically incorporated by reference into such filing.

The following graph compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total stockholder return on our 
common stock with corresponding changes in the cumulative total returns of the Russell 2000 Index and the Dow 
Jones Business Support Services Index for the period from April 28, 2017, the first day our stock began trading on 
the New York Stock Exchange, through December 31, 2017. The comparison assumes an initial investment of $100 
at the close of business on April 28, 2017 in our stock and in each of the indices and also assumes the reinvestment 
of dividends where applicable. This historical performance is not necessarily indicative of future performance.

EEX Total Return v. Indices Since IPO

EEX

Russell 2000

Dow Jones BSS

$130.00

$125.00

$120.00

$115.00

$110.00

$105.00

$100.00

$95.00

$90.00

4

/

2

5

/

3

6

/

3

8

/

2

1

/

2

0

/

2

7

/

3

1

/

2

8

/

3

9

/

2

1

/

2

9

/

2

0

1

7

0

1

7

0

1

7

0

1

7

0

1

7

0

1

7

1

1

1

0

/

3

1

/

3

2

/

2

1

/

2

0

/

2

9

/

2

0

1

7

0

1

7

0

1

7

Item 6. Selected Financial Data. 

The  following  table  presents  selected  consolidated  financial  data  for  the  periods  and  at  the  dates  indicated.  The 
selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 
2016, 2015 and 2014, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. This financial data should be 
read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K.  

34

The  following  information  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”,  “Business”  and  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related 
accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Year Ended
December 31,

2017(1)

2016(1)

2015(1)

2014(1)

(dollars in millions, except per share data)

$

341.7
6.5
95.0

121.9
43.2
—
88.1
38.3
3.0
46.8
(35.0)

323.7
—
84.4

98.9
40.0
—
100.4
51.4
12.8
36.2
14.0

$

$

306.4
—
83.4

93.1
39.1
8.9
81.9
52.0
—
29.9
10.3

273.5
—
82.2

90.8
37.5
—
63.0
56.0
1.9
5.1
12.7

81.8

$

22.2

$

19.6

$

(7.6)

Statement of income (loss) and
   comprehensive income (loss) data:
Revenue............................................................... $
Other income.......................................................
Cost of revenues..................................................
Selling, general and administrative
   expenses(2) ........................................................
Depreciation and amortization expense ..............
Intangible asset impairment charge(3)..................
Operating income ..............................................
Interest expense...................................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt(4) .......................
Income before income taxes .............................
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes..........
Net income (loss) and comprehensive
   income (loss).................................................... $

Net income (loss) per share attributable to
   common stockholders(5)

Basic .............................................................. $
Diluted ........................................................... $

1.19
1.13

$
$

0.36
0.35

$
$

0.32
0.31

$
$

(0.12)
(0.12)

Weighted average common shares
   outstanding(5)

Basic ..............................................................
Diluted ...........................................................
Dividends declared per common share ............... $

68,912
72,116
0.21

61,859
63,294
—

61,847
62,516
—

60,978
60,978
—

Statement of cash flows data:

Net cash provided by operating activities...... $
Net cash used in investing activities.............. $
Net cash (used in) provided by financing 
activities......................................................... $

110.8
$
(95.5) $

93.0
$
(51.9) $

87.8
$
(87.0) $

72.7
(335.7)

(19.3) $

(42.5) $

(26.3) $

282.5

2017

As of December 31,
2016
(dollars in millions)

2015

Balance sheet data:
Cash and cash equivalents ........................................... $
14.9 $
Total assets(6) ............................................................... $ 1,637.9 $ 1,572.5 $
Total debt(7).................................................................. $
554.2 $
702.1 $
876.6 $ 1,044.8 $
Total liabilities............................................................. $

10.9 $

16.3
1,538.1
731.6
1,035.6

(1)

Financial data for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes the results of CEDIA since its acquisition on 
January  25,  2017,  InterDrone  since  its  acquisition  on  March  10,  2017,  Snow  Show  since  its  acquisition  on 
May  24,  2017  and  CPMG  since  its  acquisition  on  November  29,  2017.  Financial  data  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016 includes the results of IGES since its acquisition on August 1, 2016, Collective since its 

35

 
 
 
 
acquisition on August 8, 2016, Digital Dealer since its acquisition on October 11, 2016, Pavement since its 
acquisition on October 18, 2016, RFID LIVE! since its acquisition on November 15, 2016 and ACRE since its 
acquisition on December 13, 2016.  Financial data for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes the results 
of HCD Group since their acquisition on February 27, 2015, Pizza Group since their acquisition on March 3, 
2015, HOW since its acquisition on October 14, 2015 and Fastener Expo since its acquisition on November 
12,  2015.  Financial  data  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  includes  the  results  of  GLM  since  its 
acquisition on January 15, 2014.

(2)

(3)

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2016,  2015  and  2014 
included  $23.4  million,  $7.6  million,  $5.1  million  and  $12.0  million,  respectively,  in  acquisition-related 
transaction,  transition  and  integration  costs,  including  legal  and  advisory  fees.  Also  included  in  selling, 
general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were stock-
based compensation expenses of $2.4 million, $3.0 million, $5.1 million and $6.4 million, respectively.

The  intangible  asset  impairment  charge  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015  was  recorded  to  align  the 
carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets with their implied fair value. No other impairment charges 
were recorded in 2015 including in connection with our annual test of goodwill for the year ended December 
31, 2015.

(4)  On May 8, 2017, using the net proceeds to us from our IPO, we prepaid $159.2 million of borrowings under 
our term loan facility (as then in effect). On May 22, 2017, we refinanced our Senior Secured Credit Facilities 
with  the  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facility.  In  conjunction  with  the  refinancing  of  our 
Senior Secured Credit Facilities, certain debtholders’ balances were fully extinguished. As a result, we wrote 
off  unamortized  deferred  financing  fees  and  original  issuance  discount  of  $1.4  million  and  $1.6  million, 
respectively, which were included in loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements of income 
and comprehensive income.   

On October 28, 2016, in connection with the Third Amendment to our Senior Secured Credit Facilities 
(the “Third Amendment”), we redeemed  all  of  our  $200.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  9.00%  Senior 
Notes due 2021 (the “Senior Notes”) at a redemption price of 104.5%.  The $9.0 million redemption premium 
was included in loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive 
income.    Due  to  the  extinguishment  of  the  Senior  Notes,  we  also  wrote  off  $3.8  million  of  outstanding 
deferred financing fees which were included in loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements 
of income and comprehensive income.

On  July  21,  2014,  we  entered  into  the  Second  Amendment  to  the  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  (the 
“Second Amendment”) which re-priced the facility by lowering the interest rate and LIBOR floor rate.  We 
applied  debt  modification  accounting  guidance  and  determined  the  modification  was  significant  for  several 
lenders  in  the  term  facility  syndicate.    Therefore,  $1.9  million  of  deferred  financing  fees  and  original  issue 
discount was written off in the third quarter of 2014.

(5) Reflects the 125-for-one stock split of our common stock that occurred on April 10, 2017. 

(6) As of December 31, 2017, total assets included goodwill of $993.7 million and other intangible assets, net, of 
$545.0  million.  As  of  December  31,  2016,  total  assets  included  goodwill  of  $930.3  million  and  other 
intangible assets, net, of $541.2 million. As of December 31, 2015, total assets included goodwill of $890.3 
million and other intangible assets, net, of $559.4 million.

(7) As of December 31, 2017, total debt of $554.2 million consisted of $562.2 million of borrowings outstanding 
under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan  Facility,  net  of  unamortized  deferred  financing  fees  of  $4.4 
million  and  unamortized  original  issue  discount  of  $3.6  million.  As  of  December  31,  2016,  total  debt  of 
$702.1 million consisted of $713.3 million of borrowings outstanding under our term loan facility (as then in 
effect), net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $5.2 million and unamortized original issue discount of 
$6.0 million. As of December 31, 2015, total debt of $731.6 million consisted of $550.3 million of borrowings 
outstanding under our term loan facility (as then in effect), net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $7.1 
million  and  unamortized  original  issue  discount  of  $7.2  million,  and  $195.7  million  in  aggregate  principal 
amount of the Senior Notes, net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $4.3 million.

36

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of 
the eight quarterly periods ended December 31, 2017. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared 
on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K  and,  in  our  opinion,  includes  all  adjustments,  consisting  only  of  normal  recurring  adjustments, 
necessary  for  the  fair  statement  of  the  results  of  operations  for  these  periods.  This  information  should  be  read  in 
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. These quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any 
future period. 

Dec. 31,
2017

Sept. 30,
2017

Jun. 30,
2017

Mar. 31,
2017

Dec. 31,
2016

Sept. 30,
2016

Jun. 30,
2016

Mar. 31,
2016

Quarter Ended

(unaudited)
(dollars in millions)

Statement of income (loss) and
   comprehensive income (loss)
   data:
Revenues........................................... $
Other income ....................................
Cost of revenues ...............................
Selling, general and administrative
   expenses.........................................
Depreciation and amortization
   expense ..........................................
Operating (loss) income..................
Interest expense ................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt (1) ..
(Loss) income before income taxes ..
(Benefit from) provision for income
   taxes ...............................................
Net income (loss) and
   comprehensive income (loss)....... $

31.5
—
9.6

26.0

10.9
(15.0)
7.4
—
(22.4)

(62.7)

$

$ 100.4
6.5
27.2

29.4

10.9
39.4
6.7
—
32.7

13.5

74.1
—
21.6

34.5

10.8
7.2
14.6
3.0
(10.4)

(4.3)

$

$ 135.7
—
36.6

32.0

10.6
56.5
9.6
—
46.9

18.5

30.4
—
9.3

24.7

10.2
(13.8)
13.2
12.8
(39.8)

(15.7)

$

$ 100.5
—
23.6

25.0

10.0
41.9
11.9
—
30.0

11.6

65.0
—
19.6

22.8

9.9
12.7
13.3
—
(0.6)

(0.2)

$ 127.8
—
31.8

26.4

9.9
59.7
13.0
—
46.7

18.4

40.3

$

19.2

$

(6.1) $

28.4

$ (24.1) $

18.4

$

(0.4) $

28.3

(1) During the fourth quarter of 2017, we identified a classification error related to certain debt extinguishment 
costs  incurred  as  part  of  our  debt  refinancing  in  May  2017.  Management  considered  both  quantitative  and 
qualitative factors in assessing the materiality of the classification error individually, and in the aggregate, and 
determined  that  the  classification  error  was  not  material  to  interim  periods.  As  such,  we  will  revise  the 
consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income  for  the  interim  periods  ended  June  30,  2017 
and  September  30,  2017  in  the  Company’s  2018  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10-Q,  to  reflect  a  decrease  to 
interest  expense  of  $2.3  million  and  an  increase  to  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  of  $2.8  million.  The 
consolidated  income  statement  for  the  three  months  ended  June  30,  2017  in  the  table  above  as  well  as  our 
audited consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2017 
appropriately reflect this classification.

37

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of our operations should be read in 
conjunction with “Item 6. Selected Financial and Operating Data” and our consolidated financial statements and 
related notes of Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You 
should review “Item 1A. Risk Factors” section of this filing for a discussion of important factors that could cause 
actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by any forward-looking statements 
contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Recent Events

IPO

On  May  3,  2017,  we  completed  an  initial  public  offering  (the  “IPO”)  of  17,825,000  shares  of  our  common 
stock  at  a  price  of  $17.00  per  share.  We  sold  10,333,333  shares  of  common  stock  in  the  IPO,  resulting  in  net 
proceeds  to  us  after  underwriting  discounts  and  expenses  of  $159.1  million,  and  funds  managed  by  Onex  sold 
7,491,667  shares,  from  which  we  did  not  receive  any  proceeds.  We  used  all  of  the  net  proceeds  to  us  from  the 
offering plus cash on hand, to prepay $159.2 million of borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan Facility (as 
defined below).

Refinancing

On May 22, 2017, our wholly owned subsidiary, Emerald Expositions Holding, Inc. (“EEH”), entered into an 
amendment  and  restatement  of  its  senior  secured  credit  facilities.  The  amended  and  restated  senior  secured  credit 
facilities (the “Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities”), which were entered into with a syndicate 
of  lenders  and  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as  administrative  agent,  consist  of  (i)  a  seven-year  $565.0  million  senior 
secured term loan facility (the “Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility”), scheduled to mature on May 22, 2024 
and  (ii)  a  $150.0  million  senior  secured  revolving  credit  facility  (the  “Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit 
Facility”),  scheduled  to  mature  on  May  23,  2022.    On  November  27,  2017,  EEH  entered  into  the  Refinancing 
Agreement and First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to reduce the interest rate applicable 
to term loans under the Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility and on November 29, 2017, EEH entered into 
the Repricing Agreement and Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to reduce the interest 
rate  applicable  to  revolving  loans  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit  Agreement.  See  “—Long-
Term Debt.”

Cash Dividend

In connection with our IPO, we adopted a policy of paying quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. 
We paid a dividend of $0.07 per share in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2017. On January 26, 2018, 
our board of directors approved the payment of a cash dividend of $0.07 per share for the quarter ending March 31, 
2018 to holders of record of our common stock. The dividend is expected to be paid on or about February 23, 2018 
to holders of record of our common stock as of February 9, 2018. 

Overview and Background

We are a leading operator of business-to-business trade shows in the United States. We currently operate more 
than  55  trade  shows,  as  well  as  numerous  other  face-to-face  events.  In  2017,  Emerald’s  events  connected  over 
500,000 global attendees and exhibitors and occupied more than 6.9 million net square feet of exhibition space.  We 
have been recognized with many awards and accolades that reflect our industry leadership as well as the importance 
of our shows to the exhibitors and attendees we serve. 

Our mission is to deliver value to our exhibitors and attendees by producing highly-relevant, industry-leading 
events  that  enhance  the  productivity  of  an  industry’s  participants  and  facilitate  interaction  between  its  most 

38

influential  stakeholders  on  a  regular,  scheduled  basis.  We  currently  operate  trade  shows  within  several  diverse 
industry  sectors  including  Gift,  Home  &  General  Merchandise;  Sports;  Design  &  Construction;  Technology; 
Jewelry; and others including Photography, Food, Healthcare, Industrials and Military.

Acquisitions

We  are  focused  on  growing  our  national  footprint  through  the  acquisition  of  high-quality  events  that  are 
leaders in their specific industry verticals. Since the Onex Acquisition in June 2013, we have completed 15 strategic 
acquisitions, with purchase prices, excluding the $335.0 million acquisition of GLM, ranging from approximately 
$5.0  million  to  approximately  $36.0  million,  and  revenues  ranging  from  approximately  $1.3  million  to 
approximately $15.1 million. Historically, we have completed acquisitions at EBITDA purchase multiples that are 
typically in the mid-to-high single digits. Our acquisitions have historically been structured as asset deals that have 
resulted  in  the  generation  of  long-lived  tax  assets,  which  in  turn  have  reduced  our  purchase  multiples  when 
incorporating  the  value  of  the  created  tax  assets.  In  the  future,  we  intend  to  look  for  acquisitions  with  similarly 
attractive valuation multiples. The 15 acquisitions we have completed are described as follows:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

GLM  —  Prior  to  its  acquisition  by  Emerald  Expositions  in  January  2014,  GLM  operated  approximately  20 
trade shows, including four of the largest 100 trade shows in the United States according to TSE. These trade 
shows serve industries as diverse as home furnishings, home textiles, stationery and paper products, giftware, 
tabletop, gourmet housewares, contemporary furniture and interiors, art & design, antiques & jewelry, fashion, 
board sports & resort lifestyle and eCommerce, and include the well-known NY NOW and Surf Expo brands. 
The  acquisition  of  GLM  substantially  increased  the  scale  and  breadth  of  Emerald  Expositions’  trade  show 
portfolio.

Healthcare  Design  Conference  and  Expo,  Healthcare  Design  Magazine,  Environments  for  Aging  and 
Construction  SuperConference  (collectively,  “HCD  Group”)  —  On  February  27,  2015,  we  acquired  these 
brands,  which  were  previously  operated  by  the  Healthcare  Media  division  of  Vendome  Group.  Healthcare 
Design  Conference  and  Expo  is  the  industry’s  best  attended  and  most  respected  trade  show/conference 
primarily focused on evidence-based design for healthcare facilities. In addition to the annual trade show and 
conference, the brand has a complementary magazine, Healthcare Design Magazine, education and sponsored 
events and an online presence that together engage the industry all year round. Environments for Aging is a 
complementary  niche  event  within  the  broader  healthcare  vertical,  focused  on  creating  functional  and 
attractive living environments that meet the needs of the aging population. Construction SuperConference is 
an event for lawyers providing services in commercial construction markets.

International Pizza Expo and Pizza Today magazine (“Pizza Group”) — On March 3, 2015, we acquired the 
International  Pizza  Expo,  which  was  previously  operated  by  Macfadden  Communications  Group.  The 
International Pizza Expo is the largest trade show for independent pizzeria owners and operators in the United 
States, and Pizza Today is the partner magazine and leading publication in this industry. Operating in the $40 
billion pizza restaurant industry, the International Pizza Expo ranks in the top 250 largest trade shows in the 
United States according to Trade Show News Network (“TSNN”).

HOW Design Live (“HOW”) — On October 14, 2015, we acquired HOW, which was previously operated by 
F+W  Media,  Inc.  HOW  is  the  largest  graphic  design  conference  and  expo  in  the  nation,  combining  seven 
separate conferences into a single event focused on creativity, business and inspiration for graphic designers.

The National Industrial Fastener & Mill Supply Expo (“Fastener Expo”) — On November 12, 2015, we 
acquired Fastener Expo from the show’s co-founders. Fastener Expo brings together manufacturers and master 
distributors  of  industrial  fasteners,  precision  formed  parts,  fastener  machinery  and  tooling  and  other  related 
products and services with distributors and sales agents in the distribution chain.

The International Gift Exposition in the Smokies and the Souvenir Super Show (“IGES”) — On August 1, 
2016, we acquired IGES from M&M Gift Shows, LLC. IGES is the largest dedicated gathering of wholesale 
souvenir, resort and gift buyers in the United States.

The Swim Collective and Active Collective trade shows (“Collective”) — On August 8, 2016, we acquired 
Collective  from  the  show’s  founder.  Swim  Collective  is  the  leading  biannual  swimwear  trade  show  on  the 

39

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

West  Coast.  In  January  2017,  we  launched  an  Active  Collective  event  in  New  York.  Active  Collective  is 
recognized as the first activewear-only trade show and is a leader in this fast-growing industry vertical. 

Digital Dealer Conference & Expo (“Digital Dealer”) — On October 11, 2016, we acquired Digital Dealer 
from  its  founder.  As  the  leading  semi-annual  trade  show  focused  on  the  retail  automotive  industry’s  digital 
strategy  and  operations,  Digital  Dealer  is  the  premier  venue  to  explore  the  implementation  of  digital 
components by auto dealers to engage their automotive consumer. In conjunction with the acquisition, we also 
acquired Dealer Magazine, a complementary magazine for automotive dealerships and franchises.

National  Pavement  Expo  (“NPE”)  —  On  October  18,  2016,  we  acquired  NPE,  which  was  previously 
operated by AC Business Media. NPE is the largest trade show focused on paving and pavement maintenance.

RFID  Journal  LIVE!  (“RFID  LIVE!”)  —  On  November  15,  2016,  we  acquired  RFID  LIVE!  from  its 
founder. RFID LIVE! is the largest trade show that focuses on RFID technologies used to identify, track and 
manage corporate assets and inventory across a wide range of industries.

American Craft Retailers Expo (“ACRE”) — On December 13, 2016, we acquired ACRE from its founder. 
ACRE  is  a  wholesale  craft  exposition,  consisting  of  two  shows  that  take  place  annually  in  Las  Vegas  and 
Philadelphia.

CEDIA  Expo  (“CEDIA”)  —  On  January  25,  2017,  we  acquired  the  trade  show  CEDIA  from  its  namesake 
association,  Custom  Electronic  Design  &  Installation  Association.  CEDIA  is  the  largest  trade  show  in  the 
home  technology  market,  serving  industry  professionals  that  manufacture,  design  and  integrate  goods  and 
services for the connected home.

The International Drone Conference & Exposition (“InterDrone”) — On March 10, 2017, we acquired the 
trade show InterDrone from BZ Media LLC. InterDrone is the leading commercial drone-focused show in the 
United States. 

Snow  Show  —  On  May  24,  2017,  we  acquired  the  trade  show  Snow  Show  from  SnowSports  Industries 
America. When acquired, Snow Show was the largest snow sports industry event in North America and was 
ranked 67th in the TSNN Top 250 trade shows in the United States in 2016. Starting in January 2018, Snow 
Show will merge with OR to become Outdoor Retailer + Snow Show, endorsed and sponsored by SnowSports 
Industries America and OIA. 

Connected Point Marketing Group (“CPMG”) – On November 29, 2017, we acquired CPMG from Corridor 
Capital, LLC, mezzanine investor Aldine Capital Partners and management.  CPMG organizes and hosts nine 
senior  executive  level  business-intensive  trade  events  focused  on  innovation  for  the  hospitality,  restaurant, 
healthcare, grocery and retail industries.  These four-day events are highly-curated, invitation-only forums that 
bring together leaders in each vertical market.

Organic Growth Drivers

We are also focused on generating organic growth by understanding and leveraging the drivers for increased 
exhibitor  and  attendee  participation  at  trade  shows.  Creating  new  opportunities  for  exhibitors  to  influence  their 
market,  engage  with  significant  buyers,  generate  incremental  sales  and  expand  their  brand’s  awareness  in  their 
industry  builds  further  demand  for  exhibit  space  and  strengthens  the  value  proposition  of  a  trade  show,  generally 
allowing  us  to  modestly  increase  booth  space  pricing  annually  across  our  portfolio.  At  the  same  time,  our  trade 
shows  provide  attendees  with  the  opportunity  to  enhance  their  industry  connectivity,  develop  relationships  with 
targeted  suppliers  and  distributors,  discover  new  products,  learn  about  new  industry  developments,  celebrate  their 
industry’s  achievements  and,  in  certain  cases,  obtain  continuing  professional  education  credits,  which  we  believe 
increases their propensity to return and, consequently, drives high recurring participation among our exhibitors. By 
investing in and promoting these tangible and return-on-investment linked outcomes, we believe we will be able to 
continue to enhance the value proposition for our exhibitors and attendees alike, thereby driving strong demand and 
premium pricing for exhibit space, sponsorship opportunities and attendee registration.

40

Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business

There  are  a  number  of  existing  and  developing  factors  and  trends  which  impact  the  performance  of  our 

business, and the comparability of our results from year to year and from quarter to quarter, including:

•

•

•

•

•

Market  Fragmentation  —  The  trade  show  industry  is  highly  fragmented  with  the  four  largest  companies, 
including  us,  comprising  only  9%  of  the  wider  U.S.  market  according  to  AMR.  This  has  afforded  us  the 
opportunity  to  acquire  other  trade  show  businesses,  a  growth  opportunity  we  expect  to  continue  pursuing. 
These  acquisitions  may  affect  our  growth  trends,  impacting  the  comparability  of  our  financial  results  on  a 
year-over-year basis.

Overall Economic Environment and Industry Sector Cyclicality — Our results of operations are correlated, 
in part, with the economic performance of the industry sectors that our trade shows serve, as well as the state 
of the overall economy.

Lag Time — As the majority of our exhibit space is sold during the year prior to each trade show, there is 
often a timing difference between changes in the economic conditions of an industry sector vertical and their 
effect  on  our  results  of  operations.  This  lag  time  can  result  in  a  counter-cyclical  impact  on  our  results  of 
operations.

Variability  in  Quarterly  Results  —  Our  business  is  seasonal,  with  trade  show  revenues  typically  reaching 
their highest levels during the first and third quarters of each calendar year, and their lowest level during the 
fourth quarter, entirely due to the timing of our trade shows. This seasonality is typical within the trade show 
industry.  Since  event  revenue  is  recognized  when  a  particular  event  is  held,  we  may  also  experience 
fluctuations in quarterly revenue and cash flows based on the movement of annual trade show dates from one 
quarter  to  another.  Our  presentation  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  accounts  for  these  quarterly  movements  and  the 
timing of shows, where applicable and material. 

Utilization of NOLs — As of December 31, 2017, we have utilized substantially all of the $59.9 million of the 
NOLs that we had carried over from the year ended December 31, 2016. As a result, our cash taxes will likely 
increase in future years.

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. 
The  key  indicators  of  the  financial  condition  and  operating  performance  of  our  business  are  revenues,  cost  of 
revenues,  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  interest  expense,  depreciation  and  amortization,  income 
taxes, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow.

Revenues

We generate revenues primarily from selling trade show exhibit space to exhibitors on a per square foot basis. 
Other  trade  show  revenue  streams  include  sponsorship,  fees  for  ancillary  exhibition  services  and  attendee 
registration fees. Additionally, we generate revenue through conferences, digital media and print publications that 
complement our trade shows. We also engage third-party sales agents to support our marketing efforts. More than 
95% of our sales are made by our employees, with less than 5% made by third-party sales agents. These agents, who 
are mainly based in Asia and Europe, are paid a percentage commission on sales.

41

Cost of Revenues

•

•

•

•

•

Decorating Expenses. We work with general service contractors to both set up communal areas of our trade 
shows  and  provide  services  to  our  exhibitors,  who  primarily  contract  directly  with  the  general  service 
contractors. We typically select a single general service contractor for an entire show, although occasionally it 
is more practicable to bid out packages of work within a single show on a piecemeal basis to different task-
specific specialists. Decorating expenses represented 21%, 23% and 24% of our cost of revenues for the years 
ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and 6% of our total revenues for each of the years 
ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Sponsorship  Costs.  We  often  enter  into  long-term  sponsorship  agreements  with  industry  trade  associations 
whereby  the  industry  trade  association  endorses  and  markets  the  show  to  its  members  in  exchange  for  a 
percentage of the show’s revenue. Sponsorship costs represented 20%, 21% and 19% of our cost of revenues 
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, 6% of our total revenues for the year 
ended December 31, 2017 and 5% of our total revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 
2015.

Venue Costs. Venue costs represent rental costs for the venues, usually convention centers or hotels, where we 
host  our  trade  shows.  Given  that  convention  centers  are  typically  owned  by  local  governments  who  have  a 
vested  interest  in  stimulating  business  activity  in  and  attracting  tourism  to  their  cities,  venue  costs  typically 
represent  a  small  percentage  of  our  cost  of  revenues.  Venue  costs  represented  15%  of  our  total  cost  of 
revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, 16% of our cost of revenues for the year 
ended December 31, 2015 and 4% of our total revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 
and 2015.

Costs  of  Other  Marketing  Services.  Costs  of  other  marketing  services  represent  paper,  printing,  postage, 
contributor and other costs related to digital media and print publications. Costs of other marketing services 
represented 6% of our cost of revenues and 2% of our total revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 
2017, 2016 and 2015. 

Other Event-Related Expenses. Other event-related costs include temporary labor for services such as security, 
shuttle buses, speaker fees, food and beverage expenses and event cancellation insurance. Other event-related 
expenses represented 38% of our cost of revenues and 11% of our total revenues for the year ended December 
31, 2017, and 35% of our cost of revenues and 9% of our total revenues for each of the years ended December 
31, 2016 and 2015. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

•

•

•

Labor Costs. Labor costs represent the cost of employees who are involved in sales, marketing, planning and 
administrative activities. The actual on-site set-up of the events is contracted out to third-party vendors and is 
included  in  cost  of  revenues.  Labor  costs  represented  51%,  59%  and  60%  of  our  selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and 18% of our 
total revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

Miscellaneous  Expenses.  Miscellaneous  expenses  are  comprised  of  a  variety  of  other  expenses,  including 
advertising  and  marketing  costs,  promotion  costs,  credit  card  fees,  travel  expenses,  printing  costs,  office 
supplies and office rental expense. Direct trade show costs are recorded in cost of revenues. All other costs are 
recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses. Miscellaneous expenses represented 36%, 40% and 
39%  of  our  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  13%  of  our  total  revenues  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2017, and 12% of our total revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Management Fee. Following the Onex Acquisition, we paid a $0.8 million annual management fee under the 
services  agreement  between  Onex  and  the  Company  (the  “Services  Agreement”).  The  Services  Agreement 
with Onex was terminated in connection with the IPO for no consideration.

Interest Expense

Interest expense represents interest payments and refinancing fees paid to our lenders. During 2016, we paid 
interest to the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities (as in effect prior to the 2017 Refinancing (as defined 

42

below)) and to the holders of $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 9.00% Senior Notes due 2021 (the 
“Senior Notes”) prior to their redemption as described below. On October 28, 2016, we borrowed $200.0 million of 
incremental term loans, and we fully redeemed all $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes 
with  the  proceeds  of  incremental  term  loans,  cash  on  hand  and  proceeds  of  an  $8.0  million  borrowing  under  our 
revolving credit facility. On May 22, 2017, we refinanced our senior secured credit facilities with the Amended and 
Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities (the “2017 Refinancing”). As a result, interest expense for the year ended 
December 31, 2017 principally represents interest paid in respect of our former senior secured credit facilities, as 
well as interest paid in respect of the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities. We further amended 
the  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  in  November  2017  to  reduce  the  applicable  interest 
rates.

Because  we  refinanced  our  outstanding  indebtedness  in  October  2016  and  again  in  May  2017  (including 
reducing  our  total  amount  of  indebtedness  outstanding  using  proceeds  from  the  IPO  during  the  second  quarter  of 
2017) and also re-priced the Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility in November 2017, interest expense for the 
periods presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may not be comparable to each other or to interest expense 
for future periods.

Depreciation and Amortization 

We  have  historically  grown  our  business  through  acquisitions  and,  in  doing  so,  have  acquired  significant 
intangible  assets,  the  value  of  some  of  which  is  amortized  over  time.  These  acquired  intangible  assets,  unless 
determined to be indefinite-lived, are amortized over extended periods of seven to ten years from the date of each 
acquisition for reporting under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) 
purposes,  or  fifteen  years  for  tax  purposes.  This  amortization  expense  reduces  our  taxable  income.  Depreciation 
expense relates to property and equipment and represented less than 1% of our total revenues for each of the years 
ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense consists of federal, state and local taxes based on income in the jurisdictions in which we 

operate.

As a result of our federal NOL carryforwards, we did not incur significant cash obligations for federal income 
taxes  in  2017.  We  used  substantially  all  of  our  federal  NOL  carryforwards  during  2017,  and  therefore  expect  our 
provision for income taxes to increase for future periods. We also record deferred tax charges or benefits primarily 
associated with our utilization or generation of net operating loss carryforwards and book-to-tax difference related to 
amortization  of  goodwill,  amortization  of  intangibles  assets,  depreciation,  stock-based  compensation  charges  and 
deferred financing costs.

On  December  22,  2017,  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  was  enacted.  The  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  significantly 
revises the U.S. corporate income tax law by, among other things, decreasing the federal corporate income tax rate 
from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018.  As a result of the reduction in the tax rate, we are required to revalue 
our U.S. net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2017. We estimate the impact of the revaluation will be a one-
time benefit to income tax of approximately $52.1 million for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017. Also as a result 
of the reduction in the tax rate, we estimate our effective tax rate in 2018 will range between 26% to 28%.

Cash Flow Model

We have favorable cash flow characteristics, as described below (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—
Cash  Flows”),  as  a  result  of  our  high  profit  margins,  substantial  favorable  tax  attributes,  low  capital  expenditures 
and  consistently  negative  working  capital.  Our  working  capital  is  negative  as  our  current  assets  are  consistently 
lower than our current liabilities. Current assets primarily include accounts receivable and prepaid expenses, while 
current  liabilities  primarily  include  accounts  payable  and  deferred  revenues.  Cash  received  prior  to  an  event  is 
recorded as deferred revenue on our balance sheet and recognized in revenue upon completion of each trade show. 

43

The implication of having negative working capital is that changes in working capital represent a source of cash as 
our business grows. 

The primary driver for our negative working capital is the sales cycle for a trade show, which typically begins 
during the prior show. In the interim period between the current show and the following show, we continue to sell to 
new  and  past  exhibitors  and  collect  payments  on  contracted  exhibit  space.  We  require  exhibitors  to  pay  in  full  in 
advance of each trade show, whereas the bulk of expenses are paid close to or after the show. Cash deposits start to 
be received as early as twelve months prior to a show taking place and virtually 100% of booth space revenues are 
typically  received  in  cash  one  month  prior  to  a  show  taking  place.  This  highly  efficient  cash  flow  model,  where 
revenue is received in advance of expenses to be paid, creates a working capital benefit. 

Free Cash Flow

In addition to net cash provided by operating activities presented in accordance with GAAP, we present Free 
Cash  Flow  because  we  believe  it  is  a  useful  indicator  of  liquidity  that  provides  information  to  management  and 
investors about the amount of cash generated from our core operations that, after capital expenditures, can be used 
for  the  repayment  of  indebtedness  and  strategic  initiatives,  including  investing  in  our  business,  paying  dividends, 
making strategic acquisitions and strengthening our balance sheet. 

Free  Cash  Flow  is  a  supplemental  non-GAAP  financial  measure  of  liquidity  and  is  not  based  on  any 
standardized  methodology  prescribed  by  GAAP.  Free  Cash  Flow  should  not  be  considered  in  isolation  or  as  an 
alternative  to  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  or  other  measures  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP. 
Also, Free Cash Flow is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. 

The most directly comparable GAAP measure to Free Cash Flow is net cash provided by operating activities. 
For a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to net cash provided by operating activities, see footnote 4 to the table under 
the  heading  “Results  of  Operations  -  Comparison  of  the  Year  Ended  December  31,  2017  to  the  Year  Ended 
December 31, 2016”. 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA is a key measure of our performance. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before 
interest  expense,  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt,  income  tax  expense,  depreciation  and  amortization,  stock-based 
compensation,  deferred  revenue  adjustment,  intangible  asset  impairment  charge,  the  Onex  management  fee  (for 
periods prior to our IPO), contract termination costs and other items that management believes are not part of our 
core operations. We present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe it assists investors and analysts in comparing our 
operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are 
indicative  of  our  core  operating  performance.  Management  and  our  board  of  directors  use  Adjusted  EBITDA  to 
assess  our  financial  performance  and  believe  it  is  helpful  in  highlighting  trends  because  it  excludes  the  results  of 
decisions  that  are  outside  the  control  of  management,  while  other  performance  metrics  can  differ  significantly 
depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which we operate and 
capital investments. 

Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under GAAP, and is subject to important limitations, including that Adjusted 

EBITDA excludes certain normal recurring expenses and one-time cash adjustments that we consider to not be 
indicative of our ongoing operating performance. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our 
presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other 
companies.   

The  most  directly  comparable  GAAP  measure  to  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  net  income.  For  a  reconciliation  of 
Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see footnote 2 to the table under the heading “Results of Operations - Comparison 
of the Year Ended December 31, 2017 to the Year Ended December 31, 2016”.

44

Adjusted Net Income

Adjusted  Net  Income  is  defined  as  net  income  before  refinancing  charges,  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt; 
stock-based compensation; deferred revenue adjustment; intangible asset impairment charge; the Onex management 
fee (for periods prior to our IPO); contract termination costs; other items that management believes are not part of 
our  core  operations;  amortization  of  deferred  financing  fees  and  discount;  amortization  of  (acquired)  intangible 
assets; and tax adjustments related to non-GAAP adjustments.

We use Adjusted Net Income as a supplemental metric to evaluate our business’s performance in a way that 
also considers our ability to generate profit without the impact of certain items. For example, it is useful to exclude 
stock-based  compensation  expenses  because  the  amount  of  such  expenses  in  any  specific  period  may  not  directly 
correlate  to  the  underlying  performance  of  our  business,  and  these  expenses  can  vary  significantly  across  periods 
due to timing of new stock-based awards. We also exclude the amortization of intangible assets and certain discrete 
costs, including deferred revenue adjustments, impairment charges and transaction costs (including professional fees 
and  other  expenses  associated  with  acquisition  activity  and  debt  refinancings)  in  order  to  facilitate  a  period-over-
period  comparison  of  our  financial  performance.  Each  of  the  normal  recurring  adjustments  and  other  adjustments 
described in this paragraph help management with a measure of our operating performance over time by removing 
items that are not related to day-to-day operations.

Adjusted  Net  Income  is  not  defined  under  GAAP  and  is  subject  to  important  limitations.  We  have  included  the 
calculation of Adjusted Net Income for the periods presented. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our 
presentation of Adjusted Net Income may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies.

The most directly comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted Net Income is net income. For a reconciliation of 
Adjusted  Net  Income  to  net  income,  see  footnote  3  to  the  table  under  the  heading  “Results  of  Operations—
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2017 to the Year Ended December 31, 2016”.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2017 to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

The tables in this section summarize key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated.

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016
(dollars in millions)

Variance $ Variance %

Statement of income and comprehensive income
   data:
Revenues .................................................................... $
Other income..............................................................
Cost of revenues.........................................................
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1) .........
Depreciation and amortization expense .....................
Operating income.....................................................
Interest expense..........................................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt .................................
Income before income taxes ....................................
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes.................
Net income and comprehensive income ................. $

341.7 $
6.5
95.0
121.9
43.2
88.1
38.3
3.0
46.8
(35.0)
81.8 $

323.7 $
—
84.4
98.9
40.0
100.4
51.4
12.8
36.2
14.0
22.2 $

18.0
6.5
10.6
23.0
3.2
(12.3)
(13.1)
(9.8)
10.6
(49.0)
59.6

5.6%
-
12.6%
23.3%
8.0%
(12.3)%
(25.5)%
(76.6)%
29.3%
(350.0)%
268.5%

Other financial data (unaudited):
Adjusted EBITDA(2) .................................................. $
Adjusted Net Income(3) .............................................. $
Free Cash Flow(4) ....................................................... $

157.9 $
80.3 $
107.8 $

152.9 $
63.7 $
89.6 $

5.0
16.6
18.2

3.3%
26.0%
20.3%

45

(1)

(2)

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016  included 
$23.5 million and $7.7 million, respectively, in contract termination, acquisition-related transaction, transition 
and integration costs, including legal and advisory fees. Also included in selling, general and administrative 
expenses for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were stock-based compensation expenses 
of $2.4 million and $2.9 million, respectively. 
In  addition  to  net  income  presented  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  we  use  Adjusted  EBITDA  to  measure  our 
financial  performance.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  a  supplemental  non-GAAP  financial  measure  of  operating 
performance  and  is  not  based  on  any  standardized  methodology  prescribed  by  GAAP.  Adjusted  EBITDA 
should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to net income, cash flows from operating activities or 
other measures determined in accordance with GAAP. Also, Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable 
to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. 

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income before (i) interest expense, (ii) loss on extinguishment of debt, 
(iii) income tax expense, (iv) depreciation and amortization, (v) stock-based compensation, (vi) deferred 
revenue adjustment, (vii) intangible asset impairment charge, (viii) the Onex management fee (for periods 
prior to our IPO), (ix) contract termination costs and (x) other items that management believes are not part of 
our core operations. We present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe it assists investors and analysts in 
comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that 
we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Management and our board of directors 
use Adjusted EBITDA to assess our financial performance and believe they are helpful in highlighting trends 
because it excludes the results of decisions that are outside the control of management, while other 
performance metrics can differ significantly depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital 
structure, the tax jurisdictions in which we operate and capital investments. We reference Adjusted EBITDA 
frequently in our decision-making because it provides supplemental information that facilitates internal 
comparisons to the historical operating performance of prior periods. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an 
analytical tool, and you should not consider such measure either in isolation or as a substitute for analyzing 
our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations include that Adjusted EBITDA excludes 
certain normal recurring expenses and one-time cash adjustments that we consider not to be indicative of our 
ongoing operating performance. 

Net income ......................................................................................................... $
Add (Deduct):

Interest expense .............................................................................................
Refinancing and repricing fees ......................................................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt(a)..................................................................
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes ....................................................
Depreciation and amortization expense.........................................................
Stock-based compensation expense(b)............................................................
Deferred revenue adjustment(c) ......................................................................
Management fee(d) .........................................................................................
Contract termination costs (e) .........................................................................
Other items(f)..................................................................................................
Adjusted EBITDA............................................................................................. $

Year Ended December 31,
2016
2017

(unaudited)
(dollars in millions)

81.8

$

33.8
4.5
3.0
(35.0)
43.2
2.4
0.5
0.2
10.0
13.5
157.9

$

22.2

51.4
-
12.8
14.0
40.0
2.9
0.3
0.8
-
7.7
152.1

(a) On May 8, 2017, using the net proceeds to us from our IPO, we prepaid $159.2 million of borrowings 
under  our  term  loan  facility  (as  then  in  effect).  On  May  22,  2017,  we  refinanced  our  Senior  Secured 
Credit Facilities with the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facility. In conjunction with the 
refinancing  of  our  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities,  certain  debt  holders’  balances  were  fully 
extinguished.  As  a  result,  we  wrote  off  unamortized  deferred  financing  fees  and  original  issuance 
discount of $1.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively, which were included in loss on extinguishment 
of debt in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.   
On October 28, 2016, in connection with the Third Amendment, we redeemed all of our $200.0 million 
aggregate principal amount 9.00% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Senior Notes”) at a redemption price of 

46

104.5%.  The $9.0 million redemption premium was included in loss on extinguishment of debt in the 
consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.  Due to the extinguishment of the Senior 
Notes, we also wrote off $3.8 million of outstanding deferred financing fees which were included in loss 
on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

(b) Represents costs related to stock-based compensation associated with certain employees’ participation 

in the 2013 Plan and the 2017 Plan.  

(c) Deferred  revenue  balances  in  each  of  the  opening  balance  sheets  of  acquired  assets  and  liabilities  for 
Pavement,  ACRE  and  IGES,  reflected  the  fair  value  of  the  assumed  deferred  revenue  performance 
obligations  at  the  respective  acquisition  dates.  If  the  businesses  had  been  continuously  owned  by  us 
throughout the years presented, the fair value adjustments of $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively, 
would not have been required and the revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 would 
have increased by $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

(f)

(e)

(d) Represents  the  annual  management  fee  of  $0.8 million  payable  to  an  affiliate  of  Onex  under  the 
Services  Agreement.  In  connection  with  the  IPO,  the  Services  Agreement  was  terminated  and  the 
management fee will no longer be paid. 
Represents contract termination costs incurred in connection with the relocation of the Outdoor Retailer 
show from Salt Lake City to Denver.
Other items include amounts management believes are not representative of our core operations. For the 
year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  $13.5  million  included:  (i)  $5.7 million  in  transaction  costs  in 
connection  with  certain  acquisition 
in  2017, 
(ii) $4.6 million  in  legal,  audit  and  consulting  fees  related  to  the  IPO  and  other  related  activities  and 
(iii) $3.2 million in transition costs. For the year ended December 31, 2016 the $7.7 million included: 
(i) $4.0 million in transaction costs incurred in connection with certain acquisition transactions that were 
completed or pending and those that were pursued but not completed during 2016, (ii) $1.3 million in 
legal and consulting fees related to the IPO and (iii) $2.4 million in transition costs, primarily related to 
information technology and facility rental charges for terminated leases. 

that  were  completed  or  pending 

transactions 

(3)

In addition to net income presented in accordance with GAAP, we present Adjusted Net Income because we 
believe it assists investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a 
consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. 
Our  presentation  of  Adjusted  Net  Income  adjusts  net  income  for  (i)  refinancing  charges,  (ii) loss  on 
extinguishment of debt, (iii) stock-based compensation, (iv) deferred revenue adjustment, (v) intangible asset 
impairment  charge,  (vi) the  Onex  management  fee  (for  periods  prior  to  our  IPO),  (vii)  contract  termination 
costs  (viii) other  items  that  management  believes  are  not  part  of  our  core  operations,  (ix) amortization  of 
deferred financing fees and discount, (x) amortization of (acquired) intangible assets and (xi) tax adjustments 
related to non-GAAP adjustments. 

We use Adjusted Net Income as a supplemental metric to evaluate our business’s performance in a way that 
also considers our ability to generate profit without the impact of certain items. 

For example, it is useful to exclude stock-based compensation expenses because the amount of such expenses in 
any specific period may not directly correlate to the underlying performance of our business, and these expenses 
can vary significantly across periods due to timing of new stock-based awards. We also exclude the amortization 
of intangible assets and certain discrete costs, including deferred revenue adjustments, impairment charges and 
transaction costs (including professional fees and other expenses associated with acquisition activity) in order to 
facilitate a period-over-period comparison of our financial performance. This measure also reflects an adjustment 
for the difference between cash amounts paid in respect of taxes and the amount of tax recorded in accordance 
with GAAP. Each of the normal recurring adjustments and other adjustments described in this paragraph help to 
provide  management  with  a  measure  of  our  operating  performance  over  time  by  removing  items  that  are  not 
related to day-to-day operations or are noncash expenses. 

47

Adjusted  Net  Income  is  a  supplemental  non-GAAP  financial  measure  of  operating  performance  and  is  not 
based on any standardized methodology prescribed by GAAP. Adjusted Net Income should not be considered 
in  isolation  or  as  an  alternative  to  net  income,  cash  flows  from  operating  activities  or  other  measures 
determined in accordance with GAAP. Also, Adjusted Net Income is not necessarily comparable to similarly 
titled measures presented by other companies. 

Net income ......................................................................................................... $
Add (Deduct):

Refinancing charges ......................................................................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt(a)..................................................................
Stock-based compensation expense(b)............................................................
Deferred revenue adjustment(c) ......................................................................
Management fee(d) .........................................................................................
Contract termination costs(e) ..........................................................................
Other items(f)..................................................................................................
Amortization of deferred financing fees and discount ..................................
Amortization of (acquired) intangible assets(g)..............................................
Deferred tax adjustment(h)..............................................................................
Tax adjustments related to non-GAAP adjustments(i) ...................................
Adjusted Net Income ........................................................................................ $

Year ended December 31
2016
2017

(unaudited)
(dollars in millions)

81.8

$

22.2

4.5
3.0
2.4
0.5
0.2
10.0
13.5
4.6
41.3
(52.1)
(29.4)
80.3

$

-
12.8
2.9
0.3
0.8
-
7.7
5.3
38.3
-
(26.6)
63.7

Represents loss on extinguishment of debt as described in Note (2)(a) above.

(a)
(b) Represents costs related to stock-based compensation associated with certain employees’ participation 

in the 2013 Plan and the 2017 Plan.
Represents the acquired deferred revenue fair value adjustments described in Note 2(b) above.

Represents the contract termination costs described in Note 2(e) above.
Represents other items described in Note 2(e) above. 

(c)
(d) Represents the annual management fee described in Note 2(d) above. 
(e)
(f)
(g) We  have  historically  grown  our  business  through  acquisitions  and  have  therefore  acquired  significant 
intangible  assets  the  value  of  which  are  amortized  over  time.  These  acquired  intangible  assets  are 
amortized over an extended period ranging from seven to ten years from the date of each acquisition. 
(h) Represents  the  impact  of  revaluing  our  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  from  the  previously  applicable 
corporate tax rate of 35% to the newly enacted U.S. corporate tax rate of 21% as a result of the Tax Cuts 
and Jobs Act enacted on December 22, 2017.
Reflects application of U.S. federal and state enterprise tax rates of 36.5% and 39.1% in the years ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

(i)

(4)

In addition to net cash provided by operating activities presented in accordance with GAAP, we present Free 
Cash  Flow  because  we  believe  it  is  a  useful  indicator  of  liquidity  that  provides  information  to  management 
and investors about the amount of cash generated from our core operations that, after capital expenditures, can 
be  used  for  the  repayment  of  indebtedness  and  strategic  initiatives,  including  investing  in  our  business, 
payment of dividends, making strategic acquisitions and strengthening our balance sheet. 

48

Free  Cash  Flow  is  a  supplemental  non-GAAP  financial  measure  of  liquidity  and  is  not  based  on  any 
standardized methodology prescribed by GAAP. Free Cash Flow should not be considered in isolation or as 
an alternative to cash flows from operating activities or other measures determined in accordance with GAAP. 
Also, Free Cash Flow is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities.................................................... $
Less:

Capital expenditures ......................................................................................
Free Cash Flow.................................................................................................. $

Year Ended December 31,
2016
2017

(unaudited)
(dollars in millions)
110.8

$

3.0
107.8

$

93.0

3.4
89.6

Revenues

Revenues  of  $341.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  increased  $18.0  million,  or  5.6%,  from 
$323.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.  The increase in revenue reflected acquisition-driven growth 
of $24.3 million, or 7.5%, and organic growth of $0.6 million, or 0.2%. This growth was partly offset by the impact 
of Hurricane Irma, which reduced revenue by $6.6 million, or 2.0%, although this impact was fully reimbursed by 
insurance proceeds reported as Other Income (net of cost savings achieved), and also due to discontinued activities 
of  $0.3  million,  or  0.1%.    Incremental  contributions  from  acquisitions  of  $24.3  million  related  to  the  2017 
acquisitions  of  CEDIA  and  InterDrone,  where  the  shows  took  place  in  2017,  as  well  as  the  incremental  revenues 
contributed by Pavement, ACRE, Collective, RFID LIVE! and Digital Dealer which were businesses we acquired in 
2016 after the respective shows for that year had staged.  

The organic revenue increase of $0.6 million, or 0.2%, reflected slight growth in trade shows and other events, 
partly offset by a mid-single digit decline in Other Marketing Services. Trade show organic growth of 0.6% included 
low-to mid-single digit percentage growth in our largest sector, Gift, Home & General Merchandise, and mid to high 
single  digit  growth  in  Other  Trade  Shows,  offset  by  a  mid  to  high  single  digit  percentage  decline  in  the  Sports 
sector.  In Gift, Home & General Merchandise, KBIS and ICFF continued to be notable drivers of growth, while our 
two  largest  franchises,  ASD  Market  Week  and  NY  NOW,  both  reported  slightly  lower  revenues  than  in  2016.  In 
Other Trade Shows we saw strong growth from Pizza Expo and its new regional launch, Pizza & Pasta North East. 
The  Sports  sector  decline  was  mainly  attributable  to  a  significant  decline  in  revenues  from  our  Interbike  show, 
reflecting  underlying  market  weakness,  and  by  a  high  single  digit  percentage  decline  in  our  Outdoor  Retailer 
Summer  Market  show,  held  in  Salt  Lake  City,  that  was  impacted  by  a  partial  boycott  of  our  show  by  exhibitors 
protesting  the  state  of  Utah’s  position  on  certain  federally  protected  lands.  The  revenues  of  our  Jewelry  and 
Technology sectors were relatively flat. 

Other Income

On September 7, 2017, as a result of Hurricane Irma, our Surf Expo and ISS Orlando trade shows were forced 
to close two days early.  The Company carries cancellation insurance to mitigate losses caused by natural disasters, 
and  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017  received  a  settlement  of  $6.5  million  to  offset  substantially  all  of  the  lost 
revenues  from  the  affected  shows.    As  a  result,  we  recorded  Other  Income  of  $6.5  million  in  the  consolidated 
statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  to  recognize  the  amount 
recovered from our event insurance company.  

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues of $95.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $10.6 million, or 12.6%, 
from  $84.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.  Incremental  costs  from  acquisitions  contributed  $7.0 
million and the remaining $3.6 million increase included $1.5 million related to launches, $0.3 million of savings on 
discontinued events, and $2.5 million of other cost increases, the latter mainly driven by the revenue growth of the 
KBIS and ICFF shows.

49

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  of  $121.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017 
increased  $23.0  million,  or  23.0%,  from  $98.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.  Incremental  costs 
from 2017 and 2016 acquisitions contributed $5.9 million to selling, general and administrative expense. In addition, 
we incurred $10.1 million in one-time contract termination costs in connection with the relocation of the Outdoor 
Retailer show from Salt Lake City to Denver.  Legal, accounting and consulting fees related to our IPO and other 
transaction related activities were $4.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, a $3.2 million increase 
from the prior year.  Furthermore, we expensed $8.6 million in transition and transaction costs during the year ended 
December 31, 2017, mainly related to our recent acquisitions, which was a $2.2 million increase from the prior year.  
The remaining $1.6 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was driven mainly by additional 
costs associated with operating as a public company of approximately $1.5 million and other net cost increases of 
$0.2 million, partly offset by a $0.5 million decrease in stock-based compensation.  

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Depreciation and amortization expense of $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $3.2 
million, or 8.0%, from $40.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was comprised of $3.0 
million  in  additional  intangible  asset  amortization  related  to  intangible  assets  acquired  in  the  2017  and  2016 
acquisitions and a $0.2 million increase in depreciation expense.

Interest Expense

Interest expense of $38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased $13.1 million, or 25.5%, 
from  $51.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.  The  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  a  $12.2  million 
decrease in interest expense resulting from $14.2 million in savings following the October 2016 redemption of the 
9.00% Senior Notes, which were repaid using $200.0 million in incremental term loan borrowings under the Senior 
Secured  Credit  facilities,  which  bore  interest  at  a  lower  rate,  as  well  as  the  interest  savings  attributable  to  the 
reduction in the principal amount of our indebtedness during the year ended December 31, 2017. These savings were 
partly offset by a $2.0 million increase in third party costs related to the refinancing of our Senior Secured Credit 
Facilities in May 2017 and the repricing of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities in November 2017 compared to the 
fees  incurred  on  the  $200.0  million  in  incremental  term  loan  borrowings  which  occurred  in  October  2016.    The 
remaining $0.9 million decrease in interest expense was primarily attributable to a lower loss on interest rate swap 
and floor contracts. 

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

Loss on extinguishment of debt was $3.0 million and $12.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 
and 2016, respectively.  In conjunction with the refinancing of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities in May 2017, 
certain debt holders’ balances were fully extinguished. As a result, we wrote off unamortized deferred financing fees 
and original issuance discount of $1.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively.  On October 28, 2016, we redeemed all 
$200.0  million  of  our  9.00%  Senior  Notes  at  a  redemption  price  of  104.5%.  In  addition  to  the  $9.0  million 
redemption  premium,  we  wrote  off  unamortized  deferred  financing  fees  of  $3.8  million  as  a  result  of  the 
extinguishment. 

(Benefit from) Provision for Income Taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we recorded a benefit from income taxes of $35.0 million 
and a provision for income taxes of $14.0 million, respectively.  As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted on 
December 22, 2017, we recognized a $52.1 million tax benefit due to the impact of revaluing our net deferred tax 
liabilities  from  35%  to  the  newly  enacted  U.S.  corporate  tax  rate  of  21%.    Excluding  the  effect  of  this  one-time 
adjustment, the Company’s effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 36.7% compared to 38.9% 
for the year ended December 31, 2016.  The decrease in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 
was primarily attributable to excess tax deductions recognized by the Company on the exercise of stock options and 
the release of certain uncertain tax position reserves due to the lapse in their related statutes of limitations.

50

Net Income; Adjusted EBITDA; Adjusted Net Income

Net income of $81.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $59.6 million, or 268.5%, from 
$22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily attributable to the $52.1 million tax 
benefit due to the impact of revaluing our net deferred tax liabilities from 35.0% to 21.0% as a result of the Tax Cuts 
and  Jobs  Act.    In  addition,  contributions  from  acquisitions  during  2017  and  2016  and  lower  interest  expense  as  a 
result of the redemption of $200.0 million of the Senior Notes in October 2016 and the reduction in the principal 
amount of our indebtedness as a result of the refinancing and repricing transactions during 2017 drove higher net 
income.  These gains were offset by higher non-recurring contract termination expenses, audit, legal and consulting 
costs  associated  with  the  IPO,  other  acquisitions  costs  and  refinancing  and  repricing  fees.    Adjusted  EBITDA  of 
$157.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $5.8 million, or 3.8%, from $152.1 million for the 
year  ended  December  31,  2016.    The  reasons  for  the  increase  in  Adjusted  EBITDA  were  the  same  as  for  the 
increases  in  net  income,  excluding  the  $49.1  million  increase  in  benefit  from  income  taxes.  Adjusted  EBITDA 
benefited from the exclusion of the $15.8 million increase in one-time contract termination costs, legal, audit and 
consulting  fees  associated  with  the  IPO  and  other  related  activities,  and  transaction  and  transition  costs  and  $3.3 
million of higher depreciation and amortization expense in the year ended December 31, 2017 versus the prior year. 
These  benefits  were  offset  by  $24.0  million  of  combined  reductions  from  lower  interest  expense,  refinancing  and 
repricing fees, loss on extinguishment of debt, stock-based compensation costs and management fees.  Adjusted Net 
Income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  of  $80.3  million  increased  $16.6  million,  or  26.1%,  from  $63.7 
million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The reasons for the increase in Adjusted Net Income were the same 
as the reasons for the increase in Adjusted EBITDA.  In addition, Adjusted Net Income benefited from the absence 
of a $16.9 million decrease in interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees and discount add-backs, 
offset  by  a  $5.7  million  increase  related  to  the  deferred  tax  adjustment  and  tax  effect  of  non-GAAP  adjustments 
deductions. 

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with 
GAAP. For a discussion of our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 2 to the table under the heading to 
the table under the heading “Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2017 to the Year Ended December 31, 
2016”.  For a discussion of our presentation of Adjusted Net Income, see footnote 3 to the table under the heading 
“Results of Operations - Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2017 to the Year Ended December 31, 2016.” 

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2016 to the Year Ended December 31, 2015 

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015
(dollars in millions)

Variance $ Variance %

Statement of income and
   comprehensive income data:
Revenues .................................................................... $
Cost of revenues.........................................................
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1) .........
Depreciation and amortization expense .....................
Intangible asset impairment charge ...........................
Operating income.....................................................
Interest expense..........................................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt .................................
Income before income taxes ....................................
Provision for income taxes.........................................
Net income and comprehensive
   income .................................................................... $

323.7 $
84.4
98.9
40.0
—
100.4
51.4
12.8
36.2
14.0

306.4 $
83.4
93.1
39.1
8.9
81.9
52.0
—
29.9
10.3

17.3
1.0
5.8
0.9
(8.9)
18.5
(0.6)
12.8
6.3
3.7

5.6%
1.2%
6.2%
2.3%
—
22.6%
(1.2)%
—
21.1%
35.9%

22.2 $

19.6 $

2.6

13.3%

Other financial data (unaudited):
Adjusted EBITDA(2) .................................................. $
Adjusted Net Income(3) .............................................. $
Free Cash Flow(4) ....................................................... $

152.1 $
63.7 $
89.6 $

142.8 $
58.1 $
85.0 $

9.3
5.6
4.6

6.5%
9.6%
5.4%

51

(1) Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016  and  2015  included 
$7.7  million  and  $5.1  million,  respectively,  in  acquisition  related  transaction,  transition  and  integration 
costs, including legal and advisory fees.  Also included in selling, general and administrative expense for 
the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were stock-based compensation expense of $3.0 million and 
$5.1 million, respectively.

(2) For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and the reasons management uses this metric, see footnote 2 to the 
table under the heading “Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2017 to the Year Ended December 
31, 2016”.

Net income ......................................................................................................... $
Add:

Interest expense .............................................................................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt(a)..................................................................
Provision for income taxes ............................................................................
Depreciation and amortization expense.........................................................
Stock-based compensation expense(b)............................................................
Deferred revenue adjustment(c) ......................................................................
Intangible asset impairment charge(d) ............................................................
Management fee(e)..........................................................................................
Other items(f)..................................................................................................
Adjusted EBITDA............................................................................................. $

Year Ended December 31,
2015
2016

(unaudited)
(dollars in millions)

22.2

$

51.4
12.8
14.1
39.9
2.9
0.3
-
0.8
7.7
152.1

$

19.6

51.9
-
10.3
39.1
5.0
1.9
9.0
0.8
5.2
142.8

(a) On October 28, 2016, in connection with the Third Amendment to our Senior Secured Credit Facilities 
(the  “Third  Amendment”),  we  redeemed  all  of  our  $200.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  our 
9.00% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Senior Notes”) at a redemption price of 104.5%.  The $9.0 million 
redemption premium was included in loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements of 
income and comprehensive income.  In connection with the extinguishment of the Senior Notes, we also 
wrote  off  $3.8  million  of  outstanding  deferred  financing  fees  which  were  included  in  loss  on 
extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

(b) Represents costs related to stock-based compensation associated with certain employees’ participation 

in the 2013 Plan and the 2017 Plan.  

(d)

(c) Deferred  revenue  balances  in  each  of  the  opening  balance  sheets  of  acquired  assets  and  liabilities  for 
IGES and the 2015 Acquisitions, reflected the fair value of the assumed deferred revenue performance 
obligations  at  the  respective  acquisition  dates.  If  the  businesses  had  been  continuously  owned  by  us 
throughout the years presented, the fair value adjustments of $0.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively, 
would not have been required and the revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 would 
have increased by $0.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
The intangible asset impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2015 was recorded to align the 
carrying value of indefinite-lived intangibles assets with their implied fair value.  No other impairment 
charges  were  recorded  in  2015  including  in  connection  with  our  annual  test  of  goodwill  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2015.
Represents  the  annual  management  fee  of  $0.8 million  payable  to  an  affiliate  of  Onex  under  the 
Services  Agreement.  In  connection  with  the  IPO,  the  Services  Agreement  was  terminated  and  the 
management fee will no longer be paid. 
Other items include amounts management believes are not representative of our core operations. For the 
year ended December 31, 2016 the $7.7 million included: (i) $4.0 million in transaction costs incurred 
in connection with certain acquisition transactions that were completed or pending and those that were 
pursued but not completed during 2016, (ii) $1.3 million in legal and consulting fees related to the IPO 
and (iii) $2.4 million in transition costs, primarily related to information technology and facility rental 
charges  for  terminated  leases.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  the  $5.2  million  included:  (i) 
$2.8  million  in  transaction  expenses  related  to  the  2015  Acquisitions,  (ii)  $1.4  million  in  expenses 

(e)

(f)

52

related  to  transition  and  integration  costs  related  to  the  2015  Acquisitions  and  (iii)  $0.9  million  for 
transition and integration costs related to the GLM acquisition.  

(3) For a definition of Adjusted Net Income and the reasons management uses this metric, see footnote 3 to the 
table under the heading “Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2017 to the Year Ended December 
31, 2016”.

Net income ......................................................................................................... $
Add (Deduct):

Loss on extinguishment of debt(a)..................................................................
Stock-based compensation expense(b)............................................................
Deferred revenue adjustment(c) ......................................................................
Intangible asset impairment charge(d) ............................................................
Management fee(e)..........................................................................................
Other items(f)..................................................................................................
Amortization of deferred financing fees and discount ..................................
Amortization of (acquired) intangible assets(g)..............................................
Tax adjustments related to non-GAAP adjustments(h)...................................
Adjusted Net Income ........................................................................................ $

Year ended December 31
2015
2016

(unaudited)
(dollars in millions)

22.2

$

19.6

12.8
2.9
0.3
-
0.8
7.7
5.3
38.3
(26.6)
63.7

$

-
5.0
1.9
9.0
0.8
5.2
4.7
36.8
(24.9)
58.1

Represents loss on extinguishment of debt as described in Note 2(a) above.

(a)
(b) Represents costs related to stock-based compensation associated with certain employees’ participation 

in the 2013 Plan and the 2017 Plan.  
Represents deferred revenue charge as described in Note 2(c) above. 

Represents the annual management fee described in Note 2(e) above.
Represents other items described in Note 2(f) above. 

(c)
(d) Represents the intangible asset impairment charge as described in Note 2(d) above. 
(e)
(f)
(g) We  have  historically  grown  our  business  through  acquisitions  and  have  therefore  acquired  significant 
intangible  assets  the  value  of  which  is  amortized  over  time.  These  acquired  intangible  assets  are 
amortized over an extended period ranging from seven to ten years from the date of each acquisition.
(h) Reflects application of U.S. federal and state enterprise tax rate of 39.0% and 39.3% in 2016 and 2015, 

respectively.

(4) Free Cash Flow is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. For a discussion of 
our presentation of Free Cash Flow, see footnote 4 to the table under the heading “Comparison of the Year 
Ended December 31, 2017 to the Year Ended December 31, 2016”.

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities.................................................... $
Less:

Capital expenditures ......................................................................................
Free Cash Flow.................................................................................................. $

Year Ended December 31,
2015
2016

(unaudited)
(dollars in millions)

93.0

$

3.4
89.6

$

87.8

2.8
85.0

Revenues

Revenues  of  $323.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  increased  $17.3  million,  or  5.7%,  from 
$306.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in revenues reflected organic growth of 3.5%, 
acquisition-driven  growth  of  3.1%  and  a  0.9%  decrease  attributable  to  several  small  discontinued  events.  The 
incremental contributions from acquisitions of $9.6 million largely related to HOW and Fastener Expo, which we 

53

acquired in 2015 after the respective shows were staged, and IGES, which we acquired in 2016. Organic growth of 
$10.6 million reflected low-to mid-single digit percentage growth across all our industry sectors, with the majority 
of the growth contributed by our largest industry sectors, Gift, Home & General Merchandise and Sports. In Gift, 
Home  &  General  Merchandise,  KBIS  continued  its  strong  momentum,  and  we  successfully  added  a  new  regional 
ICFF  event  in  Miami.  Our  major  franchises,  ASD  Market  Week  and  NY  NOW,  were  both  stable.  In  the  Sports 
sector,  the  launch  of  new  events  in  the  outdoor  and  bicycle  markets  and  continued  strong  performance  by  OR 
contributed to the sector’s growth. Elsewhere across our portfolio we experienced particularly robust growth in the 
Hospitality  Design  (Design  &  Construction),  COUTURE  (Jewelry)  and  Pizza  Expo  (Other  Trade  Shows)  events, 
and  also  in  Other  Events,  mitigated  by  modest  declines  in  GlobalShop  (Design  &  Construction),  JA  New  York 
(Jewelry) and in our two photography shows. 

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues of $84.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $0.9 million, or 1.1%, from 
$83.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Incremental costs from acquisitions contributed $2.1 million to 
cost of revenues, which was offset by savings of $1.9 million from discontinued events. The remaining increase of 
$0.7 million was mainly the result of several smaller event launches in 2016. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses of $98.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased 
$5.8  million,  or  6.3%,  from  $93.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015.  Incremental  costs  from 
acquisitions added $3.0 million, which was partly offset by savings of $0.5 million from discontinued events. Stock-
based compensation decreased by $2.1 million due to the graded vesting structure of the grants. We expensed $7.7 
million of transaction and transition costs during 2016, mainly related to our six 2016 acquisitions, which was an 
increase of $1.2 million over 2015. In addition, we incurred $1.3 million of legal and consulting fees related to our 
IPO.  The  remaining  $3.0  million  increase  was  driven  mainly  by  $2.3  million  in  higher  salary  costs  and  a  $0.6 
million increase in attendee marketing and other promotional expenses. 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Depreciation and amortization expense of $40.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $1.0 
million, or 2.5%, from $39.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was comprised of $1.5 
million  in  additional  intangible  asset  amortization  related  to  intangible  assets  acquired  in  the  2015  and  2016 
acquisitions  offset  by  depreciation  and  software  amortization  decreases  of  $0.4  million  and  $0.1  million, 
respectively.

Intangible Asset Impairment Charge

No  impairment  charge  was  recorded  as  a  result  of  the  annual  impairment  assessment  of  indefinite-lived 
intangible  assets  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015.  As  a  result  of  the  annual  impairment  assessment  of 
indefinite-lived intangible assets, we recorded a $8.9 million impairment charge related to our trade name intangible 
assets for the year ended December 31, 2015. The main drivers of the impairment charge were a slight decrease in 
the royalty rate assumption used in the valuation calculation and a modest increase in the weighted average cost of 
capital assumption. 

Interest Expense

Interest expense of $51.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $0.5 million, or 1.0%, from 
$51.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was primarily due to a $3.2 million decrease in 
interest expense associated with the full redemption of the $200.0 million of Senior Notes in October 2016, offset by 
third  party  fees  of  $2.5  million  incurred  in  connection  with  the  borrowing  of  $200.0  million  in  incremental  term 
loans under the Term Loan Facility, $0.6 million of additional deferred financing fees and original issue discount 
amortization related to a prior year optional term loan prepayment and a $0.3 million increase in interest expense on 
the Term Loan Facility due to a slightly higher average debt balance for the period as a result of the incremental 

54

borrowing in October 2016. In addition, there was a $0.7 million decrease in realized and unrealized loss on interest 
rate swap and floor, net.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

Loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  was  $12.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.  On  October  28, 
2016, we redeemed all $200.0 million of our 9.00% Senior Notes at a redemption price of 104.5%. In addition to the 
$9.0 million redemption premium, we wrote off unamortized deferred financing fees of $3.8 million as a result of 
the extinguishment. We did not incur any loss on extinguishment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Provision for Income Taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we recorded provisions for income taxes of $14.0 million 
and $10.3 million, respectively, which resulted in effective tax rates of 38.9% and 34.5%. The differences between 
the  effective  tax  rates  and  the  U.S.  federal  statutory  rates  are  primarily  attributable  to  changes  in  our  state 
apportionment factors. The year-over-year increase in our provision for income taxes of $3.8 million was primarily 
attributable to increases in our pre-tax income.

Net Income; Adjusted EBITDA; Adjusted Net Income

Net income of $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $2.5 million, or 13.0%, from 
$19.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015.  The  increase  was  attributable  to  contributions  from 
acquisitions during 2015 and 2016 and the elimination of certain losses associated with discontinued events, as well 
as  solid  organic  growth  in  our  overall  business,  partly  offset  by  the  $12.8  million  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt 
incurred on the redemption of our $200.0 million of Senior Notes during 2016. Adjusted EBITDA of $152.1 million 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  increased  $9.4  million,  or  6.6%,  from  $142.8  million  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2015.  The  reasons  for  the  increase  in  Adjusted  EBITDA  were  the  same  as  for  the  increases  in  net 
income. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA benefited from the exclusion of the $12.8 million loss on extinguishment of 
debt, a $2.5 million increase in transaction and transition costs, $1.0 million of higher depreciation and amortization 
expense and $3.8 million of higher income tax expense in the year ended December 31, 2016 versus the prior year. 
These benefits were partly offset by the absence of the prior year $8.9 million intangible asset impairment charge 
add-back  and  $4.9  million  of  combined  reductions  from  lower  stock-based  compensation  costs,  lower  interest 
expense  and  deferred  revenue  adjustments.  Adjusted  Net  Income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  of  $63.7 
million increased $5.6 million, or 9.6%, from $58.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The reasons for 
the increase in Adjusted Net Income were the same as the reasons for the increase in Adjusted EBITDA offset by 
the absence of the $3.8 million add-back for increase in income tax expense.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with 
GAAP. For a discussion of our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 2 to the table under the heading to 
the table under the heading “Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2017 to the Year Ended December 31, 
2016”.  For a discussion of our presentation of Adjusted Net Income, see footnote 3 to the table under the heading 
“Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2017 to the Year Ended December 31, 2016.” 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity describes the ability of a company to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the cash requirements of 
its  business  operations,  including  working  capital  needs,  debt  service,  acquisitions,  other  commitments  and 
contractual obligations. We consider liquidity in terms of cash flows from operations and their sufficiency to fund 
our operating and investing activities.

We  expect  to  continue  to  finance  our  liquidity  requirements  through  internally  generated  funds  and 
borrowings under our Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility. We believe that our projected cash flows 
generated from operations, together with borrowings under our Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility are 
sufficient  to  fund  our  principal  debt  payments,  interest  expense,  working  capital  needs  and  expected  capital 

55

expenditures for the next twelve months.  We may draw on our Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility 
from time to time to fund or partially fund an acquisition. 

As of December 31, 2017, we had $554.2 million of borrowings outstanding under the Amended and Restated 
Term Loan Facility, which included unamortized deferred financing fees of $4.4 million and unamortized original 
issue  discount  of  $3.6  million,  with  an  additional  $149.1  million  available  to  borrow  (after  giving  effect  to  $0.9 
million letters of credit outstanding) under the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility.  See “--Long-Term 
Debt-Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities”  below  for  more  detail  regarding  the  terms  of  our 
Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Dividend Policy

We paid a dividend of $0.07 per share in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2017. On January 26, 
2018, our board of directors approved the payment of a cash dividend of $0.07 (or $5.1 million in the aggregate) per 
share for the quarter ending March 31, 2018 to holders of record of the Company’s common stock. The dividend is 
expected to be paid on or about February 23, 2018 to holders of record of our common stock as of February 9, 2018. 
The  payment  of  any  such  dividend  in  future  quarters  is  subject  to  the  discretion  of  our  board  of  directors  and 
depending upon our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions 
imposed by applicable laws and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant, and the amount of any 
future dividend payment may be changed or terminated in the future at any time and for any reason without advance 
notice. 

Our  business  is  conducted  through  our  subsidiaries.  Dividends,  distributions  and  other  payments  from,  and 
cash generated by, our subsidiaries will be our principal sources of cash to repay indebtedness, fund operations and 
pay  dividends.  Accordingly,  our  ability  to  pay  dividends  to  our  stockholders  is  dependent  on  the  earnings  and 
distributions  of  funds  from  our  subsidiaries.  In  addition,  the  covenants  in  the  agreements  governing  our  existing 
indebtedness, including the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities, significantly restrict the ability 
of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us. See “—Long-Term Debt”, “Risk Factors—
Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock—Because we are a holding company with no operations of our 
own,  we  rely  on  dividends,  distributions,  and  transfers  of  funds  from  our  subsidiaries”  and  “Risk  Factors—Risks 
Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock—We cannot assure you that we will continue to pay dividends on our 
common stock, and our indebtedness could limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.”

We did not declare or pay any dividends on our common stock in 2015 or 2016.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes the changes to our cash flows for the periods presented:

Statement of Cash Flows Data
Net cash provided by operating 
activities .............................................. $
Net cash used in investing activities ... $
Net cash used in financing activities... $

2017

Year Ended December 31,
2016
(dollars in millions)

2015

$
110.8
(95.5) $
(19.3) $

$
93.0
(51.9) $
(42.4) $

87.8
(87.0)
(26.3)

Operating Activities

Operating activities consist primarily of net income adjusted for noncash items that include depreciation and 
amortization,  deferred  income  taxes,  amortization  of  deferred  financing  fees  and  debt  discount,  share-based 
compensation and intangible asset impairment charges, plus the effect of changes during the period in our working 
capital.

56

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $17.8 million, or 
19.1%, to $110.8 million from $93.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2016.  The increase was primarily 
due  to  a  $59.6  million  increase  in  net  income  and  a  $7.6  million  increase  in  cash  generated  by  working  capital.  
These  increases  were  offset  by  a  $50.8  million  increase  in  non-cash  outflows  which  were  primarily  related  to  the 
revaluation of our deferred tax liabilities as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.  Net cash provided by operating 
activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $5.2 million, or 5.9%, to $93.0 million from $87.8 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to the $2.5 million increase in net income 
and a $7.3 million increase in cash generated from working capital, offset by a $4.6 million decrease in adjustments 
to  net  income  primarily  due  to  the  prior  year  intangible  asset  impairment  charge  adjustment.  Net  income  plus 
noncash items provided operating cash flows of $94.7 million, $84.7 million and $86.9 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Changes in working capital generated cash of $16.1 million, $8.3 
million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Investing Activities

Investing  activities  consist  of  business  acquisitions  and  purchases  of  other  productive  assets,  investments  in 

information technology and capital expenditures to furnish or upgrade our offices. 

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $43.6 million, or 84.0%, 
to $95.5 million from $51.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2016.  The increase was due to more cash being 
used for acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2017 than in the prior year.  In the year ended December 
31, 2017 we completed four acquisitions for an aggregate cash consideration of $92.5 million, while six relatively 
smaller acquisitions were completed in the prior year for aggregate cash consideration of $48.4 million.  Net cash 
used  in  investing  activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  decreased  $35.1  million,  or  40.3%,  to  $51.9 
million  from  $87.0  million  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015.  In  2016,  our  primary  investing  cash  outflows 
consisted of $16.5 million for two acquisitions and of $2.2 million for capital expenditures and intangible assets. In 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  we  completed  four  acquisitions  for  an  aggregate  cash  consideration  of  $84.3 
million. In 2016, our primary investing cash outflows consisted of $48.4 million for six acquisitions. See Note 3 in 
the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for  additional  information  with  respect  to  the  acquisitions.  We  have  minimal  capital  expenditure  requirements. 
Capital expenditures totaled $3.0, $3.4 million and $2.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 
2015, respectively.

Financing Activities

Financing activities primarily consist of borrowing and repayments on our debt to fund business acquisitions 

and our operations.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $19.3 million, comprised of 
net proceeds from the issuance of common stock in conjunction with our IPO of $159.1 million and net proceeds 
from the issuance of term loans under the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities of $13.0 million.  
These sources of cash were offset by the use of $159.2 million to prepay our Term Loan Facility, the payment of 
$12.6 million in contingent consideration related to the 2016 Acquisitions and the 2017 Acquisitions, $15.2 million 
in quarterly dividend payments, $4.7 million in debt issuance costs and $5.0 million in scheduled quarterly principal 
payments on the Term Loan Facility. Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 
was $42.4 million, comprised of the redemption of our $200.0 million Senior Notes, the incurrence of incremental 
term loans in the amount of $200.0 million, net of a $1.0 million original issue discount, a $30.0 million optional 
term  loan  prepayment;  $6.9  million  in  scheduled  quarterly  principal  payments  on  the  Term  Loan  Facility;  the 
payment of $4.5 million related to the Fastener Expo acquisition, which closed in the fourth quarter of 2015; and a 
minor cash payment for repurchase of common stock, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of common stock to 
a new director. Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 consisted of an optional 
term  loan  prepayment  of  $20.0  million  and  $6.3  million  related  to  scheduled  quarterly  principal  payments  on  the 
Term Loan Facility. 

57

Free Cash Flow

Free Cash Flow of $107.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $17.8 million, or 19.9% 
from  $89.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.    Free  Cash  Flow  of  $89.6  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016 increased $4.6 million, or 5.4%, from $85.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Free Cash Flow is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. For a discussion of our 
presentation of Free Cash Flow, see footnote 4 to the table under the heading “Results of Operations - Comparison 
of the Year Ended December 31, 2017 to the Year Ended December 31, 2016”.

Interest Rate Swap and Floor

In March 2014, we entered into forward interest rate swap and floor contracts with the Royal Bank of Canada, 
which modify our exposure to interest rate risk by effectively converting $100.0 million of floating-rate borrowings 
under  our  Term  Loan  Facility  to  a  fixed  rate  basis,  thus  reducing  the  impact  of  interest  rate  changes  on  future 
interest  expense.  The  swap  agreement  involves  the  receipt  of  floating  rate  amounts  at  three-month  LIBOR  in 
exchange  for  fixed  rate  interest  payments  at  2.705%  over  the  life  of  the  agreement  without  an  exchange  of  the 
underlying principal amount of $100.0 million. When the three-month LIBOR rate drops below 1.25%, the interest 
rate floor contract requires us to make variable payments based on an underlying principal amount of $100.0 million 
and  the  differential  between  the  three-month  LIBOR  rate  and  1.25%.  The  interest  rate  swap  and  floor  have  an 
effective  date  of  December  31,  2015  and  are  settled  on  the  last  business  day  of  each  month  of  March,  June, 
September and December, beginning March 31, 2016 through December 31, 2018.

The  interest  rate  swap  and  floor  have  not  been  designated  as  effective  hedges  for  accounting  purposes. 
Accordingly,  we  mark  to  market  the  interest  rate  swap  and  floor  quarterly  with  the  unrealized  gain  or  loss 
recognized  in  unrealized  net  loss  on  interest  swap  and  floor  in  our  consolidated  statements  of  income  and 
comprehensive  income,  and  the  net  liability  included  in  accounts  payable  and  other  current  liabilities  and  other 
noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

For the year ended December 31, 2017 we recorded an unrealized net gain of $1.4 million and a realized loss 
of  $1.4  million  on  our  interest  rate  swap  and  floor  agreement  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  income  and 
comprehensive income.  For the year ended December 31, 2016 we recorded an unrealized net gain of $0.7 million 
and a realized loss of $1.5 million on our interest rate swap and floor agreement in the consolidated statement of 
income and comprehensive income. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded an unrealized net loss of 
$1.5 million on our interest rate swap and floor in the consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income.  
The impact of the gains and losses on the interest rate swap and floor agreement is recorded in interest expense. The 
interest rate swap and floor contracts have been designated as Level 2 financial instruments. At December 31, 2017, 
$0.8 million of the interest rate swap and floor liability was included in accounts payable and other current liabilities 
on the consolidated balance sheet.  At December 31, 2016, $1.5 million of the interest rate swap and floor liability 
was  included  in  accounts  payable  and  other  current  liabilities  and  $0.8  million  was  included  in  other  noncurrent 
liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

We are not party to, and do not typically enter into any, off-balance sheet arrangements.

Long-Term Debt

Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On October 28, 2016, EEH entered into a third amendment to our then-existing senior secured credit facilities 
to  (i)  borrow  an  additional  $200.0  million  of  term  loans  under  the  term  loan  facility  to  fund  the  redemption  of 
$200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9.000% Senior Notes and (ii) increase commitments 
under  the  revolving  credit  facility  by  $10.0  million  to  a  total  of  $100.0  million.  On  May  8,  2017,  using  the  net 
proceeds to us from the IPO, we prepaid $159.2 million of borrowings outstanding under the then-existing term loan 
facility.

58

On May 22, 2017, EEH amended and restated our then-existing senior secured credit facilities; the Amended 
and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities now consist of (i) the Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility, a 
seven-year $565.0 million senior secured term loan facility, scheduled to mature on May 22, 2024 (the “Amended 
and Restated Term Loan Facility”) and (ii) the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility, a $150.0 million 
senior  secured  revolving  credit  facility,  scheduled  to  mature  on  May  23,  2022  (the  “Amended  and  Restated 
Revolving  Credit  Facility”  and,  together  with  the  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan  Facility,  the  “Amended  and 
Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). On November 27, 2017, EEH entered into the Refinancing Agreement 
and First Amendment to our Amended and Restated Credit Facilities to reduce the interest rate applicable to term 
loans under the Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility by 0.25% and on November 29, 2017, EEH entered into 
the Repricing Agreement and Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to reduce the interest 
rate applicable to revolving loans under the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement by 0.25%.

Following  the  November  2017  repricing,  loans  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit 

Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to, at EEH’s option, either:

(a)

a base rate equal to the greatest of: (i) the administrative agent’s prime rate; (ii) the federal funds effective rate 
plus 50 basis points and (iii) one month LIBOR plus 1.00%; in each case plus 1.75%, or

(b)

LIBOR plus 2.75%; 

in each case, subject to one step-down of 0.25% upon achievement of a Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio 
(as defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities) of 2.75 to 1.00 and, with respect to 
the  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit  Facility  only,  one  additional  step-down  of  0.25%  upon 
achievement of a Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio of 2.50 to 1.00.

The Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities also include an uncommitted incremental facility 

which, subject to certain conditions, provides for additional term loans in the sum of: 

(X)

(ii)

(iii)

(Y)

(Z)

(i)   if the incremental loans are first lien loans, an amount such that the Total First Lien Net Leverage ratio 
does not exceed 4.00:1.00, 

if the incremental loans are junior lien loans, an amount such that the Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio (as 
defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities) does not exceed 4.00:1.00, 

if  the  incremental  loans  are  unsecured,  an  amount  such  that  either  the  Total  Net  Leverage  Ratio    does  not 
exceed  5.00:1.00  or  the  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio  (as  defined  in  the  Amended  and  Restated  Senior 
Secured Credit Facilities) is not less than 2.00:1.00, or, in each case, if the incremental loans are incurred with 
a permitted acquisition, an amount such that the applicable leverage ratio will not increase as a result of the 
permitted acquisition (on a pro forma basis giving effect to the incremental loans); plus 

an amount equal to certain prior voluntary prepayments, loan buybacks and commitment reductions of loans 
under the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities, plus 

an amount equal to the greater of $160 million and 100% of Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA (which is defined 
as  “Consolidated  EBITDA”  in  the  credit  agreement  governing  the  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured 
Credit Facilities and presented below).

The Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility is subject to payment of a commitment fee of 0.50% per 
annum, calculated on the unused portion of the facility, which may be reduced to 0.375% upon achievement of a 
Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio of 3.50 to 1.00. Upon the issuance of letters of credit under the Amended and 
Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities,  EEH  is  required  to  pay  fronting  fees,  customary  issuance  and 
administration  fees  and  a  letter  of  credit  fee  equal  to  the  then-applicable  margin  (as  determined  by  reference  to 
LIBOR) for the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility.

The Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility requires scheduled quarterly payments, each equal to 0.25% 
of the original principal amount of the loans made under the Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility on May 22, 
2017.

59

The  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  requires  certain  mandatory  prepayments  of 
outstanding loans under the Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility, subject to certain exceptions, based on (i) a 
percentage  of  net  cash  proceeds  of  certain  asset  sales  and  casualty  and  condemnation  events  in  excess  of  certain 
thresholds  (subject  to  certain  reinvestment  rights),  (ii)  net  cash  proceeds  of  any  issuance  of  debt,  excluding 
permitted debt issuances and (iii) a percentage of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Amended and Restated Senior 
Secured Credit Facilities) in excess of certain thresholds during a fiscal year.

Subject  to  certain  customary  exceptions  and  limitations,  all  obligations  under  the  Amended  and  Restated 
Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  are  guaranteed  by  Expo  Event  Midco,  Inc.  (“EEM”)  and  all  of  EEH’s  direct  and 
indirect  wholly-owned  domestic  subsidiaries,  and  such  obligations  and  the  related  guarantees  are  secured  by  a 
perfected first priority security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible assets owned by EEH or by any 
guarantor.

The Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain a number of customary incurrence-based 
covenants imposing certain restrictions on our business, including limitations on indebtedness; limitations on liens; 
limitations on certain fundamental changes (including, without limitation, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and 
dissolutions);  limitations  on  asset  sales;  limitations  on  dividends  and  other  restricted  payments;  limitations  on 
investments,  loans  and  advances;  limitations  on  certain  repayments  of  subordinated  indebtedness;  limitations  on 
transactions  with  affiliates;  limitations  on  changes  in  fiscal  periods;  limitations  on  agreements  restricting  liens 
and/or dividends; and limitations on changes in lines of business.

Certain of these incurrence-based covenants restrict, subject to various exceptions, our ability to take certain 
actions  (such  as  incurring  additional  secured  and  unsecured  indebtedness,  making  certain  investments  and  paying 
certain dividends) unless we meet certain minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or maximum Total First Lien Net 
Leverage Ratio and/or Total Net Secured Leverage Ratio standards.  These ratios are calculated on the basis of our 
Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA (which is defined as “Consolidated EBITDA” in the credit agreement governing the 
Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities), calculated on a trailing four-quarter basis.  

Acquisition  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  defined  as  net  income  before  interest  expense,  loss  on  extinguishment  of 
debt, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, deferred revenue adjustment, 
intangible asset impairment charge, unrealized loss on interest rate swap and floor, net, the Onex management fee 
(prior to our IPO), other items that management believes are not part of our core operations and the results of shows 
associated with acquisitions made during the period presented and for timing differences with respect to annual trade 
shows. Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under GAAP, and is subject to important limitations, including 
that  it  excludes  certain  normal  recurring  expenses  and  one-time  cash  adjustments  that  we  consider  to  not  be 
indicative  of  our  ongoing  operating  performance.  Because  not  all  companies  use  identical  calculations,  our 
presentation  of  Acquisition  Adjusted  EBITDA  may  not  be  comparable  to  other  similarly  titled  measures  used  by 
other companies.

60

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  our  Acquisition  Adjusted  EBITDA  was  $161.9  million.    A 

reconciliation of Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA to net income is presented below:

Net income ................................................................................................................................. $
Add (Deduct):

Interest expense .....................................................................................................................
Refinancing and repricing fees ..............................................................................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt(a)..........................................................................................
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes ............................................................................
Depreciation and amortization expense.................................................................................
Stock-based compensation expense(b)....................................................................................
Deferred revenue adjustment(c) ..............................................................................................
Management fee(d) .................................................................................................................
Contract termination costs (e) .................................................................................................
Other items(f)..........................................................................................................................
Adjusted EBITDA..................................................................................................................... $

Add:
Acquisitions (g) .......................................................................................................................
Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA ................................................................................................ $

(unaudited)
(dollars in millions)
81.8

33.8
4.5
3.0
(35.0)
43.2
2.4
0.5
0.2
10.0
13.5
157.9

4.0
161.9

Represents loss on extinguishment of debt as described in Note 2(a) above.

(a)
(b) Represents costs related to stock-based compensation associated with certain employees’ participation 

in the 2013 Plan and the 2017 Plan.  
(c)
Represents deferred revenue charge as described in Note 2(c) above. 
(d) Represents the annual management fee described in Note 2(e) above.
(e)
(f)
(g) Represents the Adjusted EBITDA of acquisitions completed in 2017, with the exception of SIA Snow 
Show,  where  the  results  of  such  acquisitions  have  not  been  captured  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements for the year ended December 31, 2017.  

Represents the contract termination costs described in Note 2(f) above.
Represents other items described in Note 2(f) above. 

In addition, the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility contains a financial maintenance covenant 
(the “Financial Covenant”) requiring EEH to comply with a 5.50 to 1.00 Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, which 
is defined as the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt (as defined in the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit 
Facilities) secured on a first lien basis, net of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents (“Total First Lien Net Debt”) to 
Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA. This financial covenant is tested quarterly only if the aggregate amount of revolving 
loans, swingline loans and letters of credit outstanding under the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility 
(net of up to $10.0 million of outstanding letters of credit) exceeds 35% of the total commitments thereunder.  We 
were not required to test the Financial Covenant at December 31, 2017.

Events  of  default  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  include,  among  others, 
nonpayment of principal when due; nonpayment of interest, fees or other amounts; cross-defaults; covenant defaults; 
material  inaccuracy  of  representations  and  warranties;  certain  bankruptcy  and  insolvency  events;  material 
unsatisfied or unstayed judgments; certain ERISA events; change of control; or actual or asserted invalidity of any 
guarantee or security document.

As  of  December  31,  2017,  we  were  in  compliance  with  the  terms  of  the  Amended  and  Restated  Senior 

Secured Credit Facilities. 

61

 
   
   
 
 
   
   
Modifications to our Debt Agreements 

We may, from time to time, repurchase or otherwise retire or extend our debt and/or take other steps to reduce 
our debt, lower our interest payments or otherwise improve our financial position. These actions may include open 
market  debt  repurchases,  negotiated  repurchases,  other  retirements  of  outstanding  debt  and/or  opportunistic 
refinancing, amendment or repricing of debt. The amount of debt that may be repurchased or otherwise retired or 
refinanced, if any, will depend on market conditions, trading levels of our debt, our cash position, compliance with 
debt covenants and other considerations. Our affiliates may also purchase our debt from time to time, through open 
market purchases or other transactions. In such cases, our debt may not be retired, in which case we would continue 
to pay interest in accordance with the terms of the debt, and we would continue to reflect the debt as outstanding in 
our consolidated balance sheets. 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The table below summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017. The table assumes only the 

2018 mandatory prepayment pursuant to the Term Loan Facility’s excess cash flow sweep.

Payments Due By Period

Total

Less Than
1 Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

More Than
5 Years

Contractual obligations(1) .......................................... $
Long-term debt obligations(2)....................................
Operating lease obligations(3) ....................................
Interest on long-term debt obligations(4) ...................
Totals:

$

70.0
562.7
32.4
156.2
821.3

$

$

39.7
5.7
5.9
25.1
76.4

(dollars in thousands)
$

$

30.0
17.0
12.8
73.9
133.7

$

$

0.3
540.0
8.4
57.2
605.9

$

—
—
5.3
—
5.3

(1) We have entered into certain contractual obligations to secure trade show venues. These agreements are not 
unilaterally cancelable by us, are legally enforceable and specify fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of 
goods or services at fixed or minimum prices.

(2) Represents  principal  obligations  with  respect  to  borrowings  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan 

Facility.

(3) We have entered into certain operating leases for real estate facilities. These agreements are not unilaterally 
cancellable by us, are legally enforceable and specify fixed or minimum amounts of rents payable at fixed or 
minimum prices.

(4) Represents  interest  expense  on  borrowings  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan  Facility  using  the 
interest  rates  in  effect  at  December  31,  2017.  Actual  cash  flows  may  differ  significantly  due  to  changes  in 
underlying estimates.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the 
United States requires the appropriate application of certain accounting policies, some of which require us to make 
estimates and assumptions about future events and their impact on amounts reported in our consolidated financial 
statements. Since future events and their impact cannot be determined with absolute certainty, the actual results will 
inevitably differ from our estimates.

We  believe  the  application  of  our  accounting  policies,  and  the  estimates  inherently  required  therein,  are 
reasonable.  Our  accounting  policies  and  estimates  are  reevaluated  on  an  ongoing  basis  and  adjustments  are  made 
when facts and circumstances dictate a change.

The  policies  and  estimates  discussed  below  involve  the  selection  or  application  of  alternative  accounting 
policies that are material to our consolidated financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a 
relatively  minor  variance  between  actual  and  expected  experience  can  potentially  have  a  materially  favorable  or 

62

unfavorable  impact  on  subsequent  results  of  operations.  For  instance,  in  2015  a  relatively  minor  change  in  our 
weighted average cost of capital and assumed royalty rate was the primary driver of an $8.9 million intangible asset 
impairment charge.

Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1, “Description of Business, Basis of Presentation 
and  Significant  Accounting  Policies”  in  the  notes  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included 
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management has discussed the selection of these critical accounting 
policies and estimates with members of our board of directors.

We have certain accounting policies that require more significant management judgment and estimates than 
others.  These  include  our  accounting  policies  with  respect  to  revenue  recognition,  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived 
intangibles, definite-lived intangibles, share-based compensation and accounting for income taxes, which are more 
fully described below.

Revenue Recognition, Deferred Revenue and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

A significant portion of our annual revenue is generated from the production of trade shows and other events, 
including  booth  space  sales,  registration  fees  and  sponsorship  fees.  Revenues  from  trade  shows  and  other  events 
represented approximately 93%, 92% and 92% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 
and  2015,  respectively.  Exhibitors  contract  for  their  booth  space  and  sponsorships  up  to  a  year  in  advance  of  the 
trade show. Fees are typically invoiced and collected in-full prior to the trade show or event and deferred until the 
event  takes  place  and  the  revenue  earnings  process  is  substantially  complete.  Similarly,  attendees  register  and  are 
typically qualified for attendance prior to the show staging. Attendee registration revenues are also collected prior to 
the  show  and  deferred  until  the  show  stages.  Because  we  collect  our  booth  space,  sponsorship  and  attendee 
registration revenue prior to the trade show staging, we do not incur substantial bad debt expense with relation to 
these revenue streams. Any trade show related receivables outstanding 60 days following the month in which a trade 
show stages are fully reserved for in the allowance for doubtful accounts.

The remaining portion of our revenues primarily consist of advertising sales for industry publications, which 
are recognized in the period in which the publications are issued. Typically, the fees we charge are collected after 
the publications are issued. 

Management  records  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  historical  experience  and  a  detailed 

assessment of the collectability of our accounts receivable related to advertising sales.

Goodwill and Trade Name Intangibles

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and 
the  fair  value  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  resulting  from  acquisitions.  Goodwill  and  indefinite-
lived  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized  but  instead  tested  for  impairment  at  least  annually  or  more  frequently 
should an event or circumstances indicate that a reduction in fair value of the reporting unit may have occurred. We 
test for impairment on October 31 of each year, or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. Such events 
and circumstances may be a significant change in our business climate, economic and industry trends, legal factors, 
negative operating performance indicators, significant competition or changes in strategy. We perform our goodwill 
and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  impairment  test  at  the  reporting  unit  level  and  asset  grouping  level, 
respectively, and have determined we operate under one reporting unit and asset grouping.

In  testing  goodwill  for  impairment,  we  first  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  the  existence  of 
events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit 
is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine it is not more 
likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount,  then  additional  impairment 
testing is not required. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in 
an amount equal to the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value. 

63

The annual evaluation for impairment of indefinite lived intangible assets is a two-step process. The first step 
is to perform a qualitative impairment assessment. If this qualitative assessment indicates that, more likely than not, 
the  indefinite  lived  intangible  assets  are  not  impaired,  then  no  further  testing  is  performed.  If  the  qualitative 
assessment indicates that, more likely than not, the indefinite lived intangible assets are impaired, then the fair value 
of  the  indefinite  lived  intangible  assets  must  be  calculated.  If  the  carrying  value  exceeds  the  fair  value,  an 
impairment loss is recorded for that excess.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit or an indefinite-lived intangible asset is judgmental in nature and 
involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth 
rates, weighted average cost of capital and royalty rates. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe 
to  be  reasonable  but  which  are  unpredictable  and  inherently  uncertain.  Actual  future  results  may  differ  from  the 
estimates.

In the course of performing the annual qualitative assessment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets for the 
year ended December 31, 2015, an increase in our weighted average cost of capital and a decrease in our royalty rate 
assumptions used in calculating the fair value of indefinite-lived intangibles were determined sufficient to represent 
impairment indicators which qualified as a triggering event to move to step two of the impairment test. Management 
engaged a third-party valuation specialist to perform the relief from royalty calculation to assist in the determination 
of  the  implied  fair  value  of  our  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets.  As  a  result  of  this  calculation,  the  implied  fair 
value  of  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  was  deemed  to  be  lower  than  the  carrying  value.  An  impairment 
charge of $8.9 million was recorded in intangible asset impairment charge in the consolidated statements of income 
and comprehensive income to align the carrying value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets with their implied fair 
value.  No  impairment  was  identified  as  a  result  of  our  annual  qualitative  assessment  of  our  indefinite-lived 
intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

No  impairment  was  identified  as  a  result  of  the  analysis  performed  in  connection  with  our  annual  test  of 
goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, as the estimated fair value of goodwill as of the 
impairment testing date significantly exceeded its carrying value. 

Customer-Related Intangibles and Other Amortized Intangible Assets

Intangible assets with finite lives are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if 
any. These intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives, which 
are reviewed annually:

Customer-related intangibles ................
Computer software ................................

2017

Estimated
Useful Life
7-10 years
3-7 years

Weighted
Average

9
6

With  respect  to  business  acquisitions,  the  fair  values  of  acquired  customer-related  intangibles  are  estimated 
using a discounted cash flow analysis. Input assumptions regarding future cash flows, growth rates, discount rates 
and  tax  rates  used  in  developing  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flow  projections  are  the  basis  of  the  fair  value 
calculations.

Stock-Based Compensation

Following  the  IPO,  the  fair  value  per  share  of  our  common  stock  for  purposes  of  determining  share-based 
compensation  is  the  closing  price  of  our  common  stock  as  reported  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  on  the 
applicable grant date.

Prior to the IPO, certain of our officers, non-employee directors, consultants and employees received stock-
based  compensation  pursuant  to  our  2013  Option  Plan.  We  calculate  stock-based  compensation  expense  for  each 
vesting  tranche  of  stock  options  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  and  recognize  such  costs,  net  of 
forfeitures,  within  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income;  however,  no  expense  is 

64

recognized  for  awards  that  do  not  ultimately  vest.  The  determination  of  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  stock  options 
using an option-pricing model is affected by a number of assumptions, such as the fair value of the underlying stock, 
our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option forfeiture behaviors, risk-free 
interest rates and expected dividends, which we estimated as follows:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Fair Value of our Common Stock — Due to the absence of an active market for our common stock prior to the 
IPO, the fair value for purposes of determining the exercise price for pre-IPO stock option grants and the fair 
value at grant date was determined utilizing commonly accepted valuation practices. The exercise price was 
set at least equal to the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. The key assumptions used in our 
valuations to determine the fair value of our common stock included our historical and projected operating and 
financial performance; observed market multiples for comparable businesses; the uncertainty in our business 
associated  with  economic  conditions;  the  fact  that  equity  incentive  grants  relate  to  illiquid  securities  in  a 
private company that had no liquid trading market; and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as 
an  initial  public  offering  or  sale  of  our  company.  Each  of  these  assumptions  involves  highly  complex  and 
subjective estimates.  

Expected Term — For pre and post IPO stock option grants, the expected option term represents the period of 
time the option is expected to be outstanding. The simplified method is used to estimate the term since we do 
not have sufficient exercise history to calculate the expected term of stock options.

Volatility — For pre and post IPO stock option grants, we determine the expected volatility based on historical 
average volatilities of similar publicly traded companies corresponding to the expected term of the awards.  

Risk-Free Rate — For pre and post IPO stock options, the risk-free rate is based on the yields of United States 
Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of stock option for each stock option grant.

Forfeiture Rate — For pre and post IPO stock options, our estimates of pre-vesting forfeitures, or forfeiture 
rates, were based on our internal analysis, which primarily considers the award recipients’ position within the 
company.

Dividend Yield — Prior to the IPO, we had never declared or paid any cash dividends and had no intention to 
pay  cash  dividends.  Consequently,  we  used  an  expected  dividend  yield  of  zero  with  respect  to  pre-IPO 
options.  In connection with our IPO, we adopted a policy of paying quarterly cash dividends on our common 
stock.  Our post-IPO stock option grants include an expected dividend yield which is commensurate with the 
annual dividends we have been paying since the IPO.  

See Note 9 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K for additional information with respect to stock-based compensation. 

Income Taxes

We  provide  for  income  taxes  utilizing  the  asset  and  liability  method  of  accounting.  Under  this  method, 
deferred  income  taxes  are  recorded  to  reflect  the  tax  consequences  in  future  years  of  differences  between  the  tax 
bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each balance sheet date, based on enacted tax 
laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. 
If it is determined that it is more likely than not that future tax benefits associated with a deferred tax asset will not 
be realized, a valuation allowance is provided. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax 
rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income as an adjustment to income 
tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date. 

We record a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to 
be taken in a tax return. We recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income 
tax  expense.  See  Note  12  “Income  Taxes”  in  the  notes  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included 
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

65

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. 

Market  risk  is  the  potential  loss  arising  from  adverse  changes  in  market  rates  and  prices.  Our  primary 
exposure  to  market  risk  is  interest  rate  risk  associated  with  the  unhedged  portion  of  our  Amended  and  Restated 
Senior Secured Credit Facilities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations—Long-Term Debt—Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities” for further description of 
our Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities. As of December 31, 2017, we had $562.2 million of 
variable rate borrowings outstanding under our Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities with respect 
to which we are exposed to interest rate risk. Holding other variables constant and assuming no interest rate hedging, 
a 0.25% increase in the average interest rate on our variable rate indebtedness would have resulted in a $1.4 million 
increase in annual interest expense based on the amount of borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2017. 

In March 2014, we entered into forward interest rate swap and floor contracts with the Royal Bank of Canada, 
which modify our exposure to interest rate risk by effectively converting $100.0 million of floating-rate borrowings 
under  our  Term  Loan  Facility  to  a  fixed  rate  basis,  thus  reducing  the  impact  of  interest-rate  changes  on  future 
interest  expense.  The  swap  agreement  involves  the  receipt  of  floating  rate  amounts  at  three-month  LIBOR  in 
exchange  for  fixed  rate  interest  payments  at  2.705%  over  the  life  of  the  agreement  without  an  exchange  of  the 
underlying principal amount of $100.0 million. When the three-month LIBOR rate drops below 1.25%, the interest 
rate floor contract requires us to make variable payments based on an underlying principal amount of $100.0 million 
and  the  differential  between  the  three-month  LIBOR  rate  and  1.25%.  The  interest  rate  swap  and  floor  have  an 
effective  date  of  December  31,  2015  and  are  settled  on  the  last  business  day  of  each  month  of  March,  June, 
September and December, beginning March 31, 2016 through December 31, 2018. 

The  interest  rate  swap  and  floor  have  not  been  designated  as  effective  hedges  for  accounting  purposes. 
Accordingly,  in  2017,  2016  and  2015  we  marked  to  market  the  interest  rate  swap  and  floor  quarterly  with  the 
unrealized  and  realized  gain  or  loss  recognized  in  interest  expense,  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and 
comprehensive income and the net liability included in other current liabilities and other noncurrent liabilities in the 
consolidated balance sheets. 

For the year ended December 31, 2017 we recorded an unrealized net gain of $1.4 million and a realized loss 
of  $1.4  million  on  our  interest  rate  swap  and  floor  agreement  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  income  and 
comprehensive income.  For the year ended December 31, 2016 we recorded an unrealized net gain of $0.7 million 
and a realized loss of $1.5 million on our interest rate swap and floor agreement in the consolidated statement of 
income and comprehensive income. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded an unrealized net loss of 
$1.5 million on our interest rate swap and floor in the consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income.  
The impact of the gains and losses on the interest rate swap and floor agreement is recorded in interest expense. The 
interest rate swap and floor contracts have been designated as Level 2 financial instruments. At December 31, 2017 
and  2016  the  liability  related  to  the  swap  and  floor  financial  instruments  was  $0.8  million  and  $2.3  million, 
respectively. At December 31, 2017, $0.8 million of the interest rate swap and floor liability is included in accounts 
payable and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.  At December 31, 2016, $1.5 million of the 
interest rate swap and floor liability is included in accounts payable and other current liabilities and $0.8 million is 
included in other noncurrent liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. 

Inflation rates may impact the financial statements and operating results in several areas. Inflation influences 
interest  rates,  which  in  turn  impact  the  fair  value  of  our  investments  and  yields  on  new  investments.  Operating 
expenses, including payrolls, are impacted to a certain degree by the inflation rate. We do not believe that inflation 
has had a material effect on our results of operations for the periods presented.

66

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm................................................................................

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 ......................................................................

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 

2016 and 2015.................................................................................................................................................

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015........

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 ..................

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements........................................................................................................

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 

2016 and 2015.................................................................................................................................................

68

69

70

71

72

73

104

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 .......

105

67

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Emerald Expositions Events, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc.  and  its 
subsidiaries  as  of  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income  and 
comprehensive income, of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying 
index (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).  In our opinion, the consolidated financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 
and  2016,  and  the  results  of  their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended 
December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is 
to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.    We  are  a  public 
accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and 
are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and 
the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  
Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.  

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.  Such procedures 
included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.  Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.  We believe that 
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Irvine, California
February 22, 2018

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.

68

Emerald Expositions Events, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
December 31, 2017 and 2016

(dollars in millions, share data in thousands except par value)
Assets
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents............................................................................. $
Trade and other receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $0.8 and $0.7 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively................
Prepaid expenses............................................................................................
Total current assets...................................................................................

Noncurrent assets

Property and equipment, net ..........................................................................
Goodwill ........................................................................................................
Other intangible assets, net ............................................................................
Other noncurrent assets..................................................................................

Total assets ............................................................................................... $

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities

Accounts payable and other current liabilities............................................... $
Deferred revenues ..........................................................................................
Term loan, current portion .............................................................................
Total current liabilities .............................................................................

Noncurrent liabilities

Term loan, net of discount and deferred financing fees ................................
Deferred tax liabilities, net.............................................................................
Other noncurrent liabilities ............................................................................
Total liabilities..........................................................................................

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
Shareholders’ equity

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; authorized shares at December 31, 2017: 
80,000; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017..................
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized shares: 800,000; issued
   and outstanding shares: 72,604 and 61,860 at December 31, 2017
   and 2016, respectively(1) .............................................................................
Additional paid-in capital(1) ...........................................................................
Retained earnings...........................................................................................
Total shareholders’ equity ........................................................................
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity ................................................. $

(1) Adjusted to reflect the 125-for-one stock split. See Note 10.

2017

2016

10.9

$

62.7
19.9
93.5

3.8
993.7
545.0
1.9
1,637.9

25.0
192.6
5.7
223.3

548.5
100.2
4.7
876.7

$

$

14.9

57.6
23.0
95.5

3.8
930.3
541.2
1.7
1,572.5

28.2
171.6
8.8
208.6

693.3
140.1
2.8
1,044.8

-

-

0.7
677.1
83.4
761.2
1,637.9

$

0.6
510.3
16.8
527.7
1,572.5

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

69

Emerald Expositions Events, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income 
Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 (dollars in millions, share data in thousands except earnings per share)
Revenues........................................................................................... $
Other income ....................................................................................
Cost of revenues ...............................................................................
Selling, general and administrative expense.....................................
Depreciation and amortization expense............................................
Intangible asset impairment charge ..................................................
Operating income ........................................................................
Interest expense ................................................................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt........................................................
Income before income taxes........................................................
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes .......................................

Net income and comprehensive income...................................... $

Basic earnings per share(1) ................................................................ $
Diluted earnings per share(1) ............................................................. $
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding(1)....................
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding(1).................

1.19
1.13
68,912
72,116

2017

2016

2015

341.7
6.5
95.0
121.9
43.2
-
88.1
38.3
3.0
46.8
(35.0)
81.8

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

323.7
-
84.4
98.9
40.0
-
100.4
51.4
12.8
36.2
14.0
22.2

0.36
0.35
61,859
63,294

306.4
-
83.4
93.1
39.1
8.9
81.9
52.0
-
29.9
10.3
19.6

0.32
0.31
61,847
62,516

(1) Adjusted to reflect the 125-for-one stock split. See Note 10.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

70

.
c
n
I

,
s
t
n
e
v
E
s
n
o
i
t
i
s
o
p
x
E
d

l
a
r
e
m
E

y
t
i

u
q
E

’
s
r
e
d

l
o
h
e
r
a
h
S
f
o

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d

i
l
o
s
n
o
C

5
1
0
2
d
n
a

6
1
0
2

,
7
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
d
e
d
n
E
s
r
a
e
Y

l
a
t
o
T

’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

y
t
i
u
q
E

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

(

)
t
i
c
i
f
e
D

d
e
n
i
a
t
e
R

s
g
n
i
n
r
a
E

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

n
i
-
d
i
a
P

)
1
(
l
a
t
i
p
a
C

1
.
5

6
.
9
1

8
.
7
7
4

5
.
2
0
5

0
.
3

1
.
0

)
1
.
0
(

2
.
2
2

6
.
2

7
.
7
2
5

)
2
.
5
1
(

8
.
1
8

3
.
4
6
1

2
.
1
6
7

$

)
0
.
5
2
(

$

)
4
.
5
(

-

6
.
9
1

$

$

-

-

-

-

2
.
2
2

8
.
6
1

)
2
.
5
1
(

-

8
.
1
8

4
.
3
8

$

$

-

1
.
5

2
.
2
0
5

3
.
7
0
5

0
.
3

1
.
0

)
1
.
0
(

-

$

$

-

-

6
.
0

6
.
0

-

-

-

-

)
1
(
k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C

t
n
u
o
m
A

$

$

-

4
.
4

3
4
8
,
1
6

s
e
r
a
h
S

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

d
n
a

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

)
s
n
o
i
l
l
i

m
n
i

s
r
a
l
l
o
d

;
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t

n
i

s
e
r
a
h
s
(

7
4
8
,
1
6

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

7
.
7

6
.
1
1

)
3
.
6
(

-

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

f
o

e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

f
o

e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
R

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

d
n
a

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

$

3
.
0
1
5

$

6
.
0

$

0
6
8
,
1
6

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

-

6
.
2

-

2
.
4
6
1

$

1
.
7
7
6

$

-

-

-

1
.
0

7
.
0

$

4
0
6
,
2
7

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a

s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

9

-

-

5
3
7
,
0
1

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

n
o

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

f
o

e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

d
n
a

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

71

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
f
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
c

e
s
e
h
t

f
o
t
r
a
p
l
a
r
g
e
t
n
i
n
a

e
r
a

s
e
t
o
n
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a

e
h
T

.
0
1

e
t
o
N
e
e
S

.
t
i
l
p
s

k
c
o
t
s

e
n
o
-
r
o
f
-
5
2
1

e
h
t

t
c
e
l
f
e
r

o
t

d
e
t
s
u
j
d
A

)
1
(

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Emerald Expositions Events, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 (in millions)
Operating activities
Net income.................................................................................................... $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
   by operating activities:

2017

2016

2015

81.8

$

22.2

$

19.6

Stock-based compensation expense .......................................................
Provision for doubtful accounts..............................................................
Depreciation and amortization ...............................................................
Intangible asset impairment charge ........................................................
Amortization of deferred financing fees and debt
   discount................................................................................................
Unrealized (gain) loss on interest rate swap and floor ...........................
Deferred income taxes............................................................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt..............................................................
Other .......................................................................................................
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of
   businesses acquired:

Trade and other receivables..............................................................
Prepaid expenses ..............................................................................
Other noncurrent assets ....................................................................
Accounts payable and other current liabilities .................................
Deferred revenues.............................................................................
Other noncurrent liabilities...............................................................
Net cash provided by operating activities ..................................

Investing activities
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired ...........................................
Purchases of property and equipment...........................................................
Purchases of intangible assets.......................................................................
Net cash used in investing activities ..........................................

Financing activities
Payment of contingent consideration ...........................................................
Proceeds from borrowings on revolving credit facility ................................
Repayment of revolving credit facility.........................................................
Proceeds from borrowings on term loan.......................................................
Repayment of senior notes ...........................................................................
Repayment of principal on term loan ...........................................................
Fees paid for debt issuance...........................................................................
Cash dividends paid......................................................................................
Payment of costs related to the initial public offering..................................
Proceeds from common stock issuance ........................................................
Net cash used in financing activities ..........................................
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents .................................

Cash and cash equivalents
Beginning of year .........................................................................................
End of year.................................................................................................... $
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid for income taxes........................................................................... $
Cash paid for interest.................................................................................... $

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities
Contingent consideration related to 2015 acquisitions................................. $
Contingent consideration related to 2016 acquisitions................................. $
Contingent consideration related to 2017 acquisitions................................. $

2.6
0.5
43.2
-

4.6
(1.4)
(39.9)
3.0
0.3

(0.7)
4.5
0.1
3.3
5.4
3.5
110.8

(92.5)
(0.9)
(2.1)
(95.5)

(12.6)
43.0
(43.0)
13.0
-
(164.2)
(4.7)
(15.2)
(6.4)
170.8
(19.3)
(4.0)

3.0
0.7
40.0
-

5.2
(0.7)
10.4
3.7
0.2

(10.6)
(1.7)
(0.6)
2.4
18.4
0.4
93.0

(48.5)
(2.4)
(1.0)
(51.9)

(4.6)
8.0
(8.0)
200.0
(200.0)
(37.0)
(1.0)
-
-
0.1
(42.5)
(1.4)

14.9
10.9

3.9
34.7

-
-
1.6

$

$
$

$
$
$

16.3
14.9

3.7
45.9

-
8.5
-

$

$
$

$
$
$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

72

5.1
0.1
39.1
8.9

4.7
1.5
7.9
-
-

4.4
(0.3)
-
(2.2)
(1.1)
0.1
87.8

(84.2)
(1.0)
(1.8)
(87.0)

-
12.0
(12.0)
-
-
(26.3)
-
-
-
-
(26.3)
(25.5)

41.8
16.3

1.2
49.9

4.5
-
-

Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. (“Emerald” or “the Company”) is a corporation formed on April 26, 2013, under 
the laws of the State of Delaware. Emerald is majority owned by investment funds managed by an affiliate of Onex 
Partners Manager LP (“Onex Partners”). 

The Company, headquartered in San Juan Capistrano, California, is a leading operator of large business-to-business 
trade shows in the United States (“U.S.”). The Company operates in a number of broadly-defined industry sectors: 
Gift, Home & General Merchandise; Sports; Design & Construction; Technology; Jewelry; and other trade shows. 
Each of the Company’s exhibitions are held at least once per year, and provide a venue for exhibitors to launch new 
products, develop sales leads and promote their brands.

In addition to organizing trade shows and conferences (collectively, “Events”), the Company also operates websites 
and related digital products, and produces publications, each of which is aligned with a specific sector for which it 
organizes a trade show. These complementary products allow the Company to better connect and communicate with 
its preexisting trade show audience.

Initial Public Offering 

On April 28, 2017, the Company’s stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “EEX”. 
On May 3, 2017, the Company completed the initial public offering of its common stock. The Company sold a total 
of 10,333,333 shares of common stock, for total net proceeds to the Company of approximately $159.1 million after 
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses associated with the offering of $16.5 million. The 
Company  used  all  of  its  proceeds  from  the  offering  plus  cash  on  hand  to  prepay  $159.2  million  of  borrowings 
outstanding under the Term Loan Facility (as defined below). 

Basis of Presentation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  operations  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries. 
These consolidated financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany transactions, accounts and profits, if any, 
have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company had no items of other comprehensive income; as such, its comprehensive income is the same as net 
income for all periods presented.

Onex Partners Fees

Emerald Expositions Holding, Inc. (“EEH”), an intermediate holding company of Emerald, entered into a Services 
Agreement, dated June 17, 2013, with Onex Partners (the “Services Agreement”) to provide expertise and advisory 
services, including financial and structural analysis, due diligence investigations, and other advice and negotiation 
assistance. The management fee for these services was payable quarterly, in arrears. In connection with the IPO, the 
Services Agreement was terminated and the management fee is no longer paid.

Revision of Prior Period Financial Statements

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017,  the  Company  identified  a  classification  error  related  to  certain  debt 
extinguishment  costs  incurred  as  part  of  the  Company’s  debt  refinancing  in  May  2017.  The  Company  considered 
both quantitative and qualitative factors in assessing the materiality of the classification error individually, and in the 
aggregate, and determined that the classification error was not material to interim periods. As such, the Company 
will revise the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the interim periods ended June 30, 
2017  and  September  30,  2017  in  the  Company’s  2018  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10-Q,  to  reflect  a  decrease  to 
interest  expense  of  $2.3  million  and  an  increase  to  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  of  $2.8  million.  The 
accompanying consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2017 
appropriately reflects this classification.

73

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and 
liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amount  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the 
reporting periods. Significant estimates include, but are not limited to, allowances for doubtful accounts, useful lives 
of  depreciable  assets  and  intangible  assets,  long-lived  asset  impairments,  goodwill  and  purchased  intangible  asset 
valuations and assumptions used in valuing the Company’s allocation of purchase price, including acquired deferred 
revenues, intangible assets and goodwill, deferred taxes, the fair value of the Company’s common stock issued prior 
to the IPO and stock-based compensation expense. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts, which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The 
Company  considers  cash  deposits  in  banks  as  cash  and  investments  with  original  maturities  at  purchase  of  three 
months or less as cash equivalents. At December 31, 2017 and 2016 amounts receivable from credit card processors, 
totaling  $0.8  million  and  $1.1  million,  respectively,  are  considered  cash  equivalents  because  they  are  short-term, 
highly liquid in nature and they are typically converted to cash within three days of the sales transaction. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 
between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date  and  sets  out  a  fair  value  hierarchy.  The  fair  value  hierarchy 
gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest 
priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). Inputs are broadly defined as assumptions market participants would use 
in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company’s assets and liabilities are carried at fair value and are classified and disclosed in one of the following 
three  categories:  Level  1  –  quoted  market  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  and  liabilities;  Level  2  – 
observable market-based inputs that are corroborated by market data; and Level 3 – unobservable inputs that are not 
corroborated by market data. The inputs to the determination of fair value are based upon the best information in the 
circumstances and may require significant management judgment or estimation. A significant adjustment to a Level 
2 input could result in the Level 2 measurement becoming a Level 3 measurement. As of December 31, 2017 and 
2016, the Company had contingent consideration liabilities that were Level 3 liabilities with the related fair values 
based on the significant unobservable inputs and probability weightings in using the income approach. 

Financial Instruments

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and certain accrued liabilities are carried at cost, 
which management believes approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The 
financial instruments also include long-term debt with third party financial institutions. 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  long-term  debt  financial  instruments  potentially  subject  the  Company  to 
concentrations of credit risk. To minimize the risk of credit loss, these financial instruments are primarily held with 
large,  reputable  financial  institutions.  At  December  31,  2017  and  December  31,  2016,  the  Company’s  uninsured 
balances totaled $10.6 million, and $14.7 million, respectively. 

74

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the carrying value and fair value of the Company’s debt is summarized in the 
following table: 

(in millions)
Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility, with
   interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% (equal to 4.42%) at
   period end, including short-term portion ................... $
Total ........................................................................ $

(in millions)
Term Loan Facility, with interest at LIBOR plus
   3.75% (equal to 4.75%) at period end, including
   short-term portion ...................................................... $
Total ........................................................................ $

December 31, 2017
Fair
Value

Carrying
Value

565.0 $
565.0 $

558.5
558.5

December 31, 2016
Fair
Value

Carrying
Value

710.8 $
710.8 $

707.3
707.3

The  difference  between  the  carrying  value  and  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  variable-rate  term  loan  is  due  to  the 
difference between the period-end market interest rates and the projected market interest rates over the term of the 
loan, as well as the financial performance of the Company since the issuance of the debt. In addition, the carrying 
value is net of discounts. The Company estimated the fair value of its variable-rate debt using quoted market prices 
(Level 2 inputs). 

Derivative Instruments

In March 2014, the Company, through EEH, entered into forward interest rate contracts to manage and reduce its 
interest rate risk. The interest rate swap and floor have an effective date of December 31, 2015 and are settled on the 
last  business  day  of  each  month  of  March,  June,  September  and  December,  beginning  March  31,  2016  through 
December  31,  2018.  The  Company  made  payments  of  $1.4  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017, 
representing  the  differential  between  the  three-month  LIBOR  rate  1.33%  and  2.705%  on  the  principal  amount  of 
$100.0  million.  The  Company  made  payments  of  $1.5  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016, 
representing the differential between the three-month LIBOR rate 0.838% and 2.705% on the principal amount of 
$100.0 million. The Company marks-to-market its interest rate contracts quarterly with the unrealized and realized 
gains  or  losses  included  in  interest  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income. 
The  liability  is  included  in  accounts  payable  and  other  current  liabilities  and  other  noncurrent  liabilities  in  the 
consolidated balance sheets. See Note 6 – “Long-Term Debt” for additional discussion of the Company’s interest 
rate swap and floor arrangements.

Trade and other receivables

The Company extends non-interest bearing trade credit to its customers in the ordinary course of business which is 
not collateralized. Accounts receivable are shown on the face of the consolidated balance sheets, net of an allowance 
for  doubtful  accounts.  In  determining  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  the  Company  analyzes  the  aging  of 
accounts receivable, historical bad debts, customer creditworthiness and current economic trends. 

Prepaid Expenses

Prepaid expenses is primarily comprised of prepaid event costs. The Company pays certain direct event costs, such 
as facility rentals  and insurance costs, in advance  of the  event.  Such costs are deferred in prepaid expense on the 
consolidated balance sheets when paid and recognized as cost of revenues upon the staging of the event.

75

Goodwill and Trade Name Intangibles

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the 
fair  value  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  resulting  from  acquisitions.  Goodwill  and  indefinite-lived 
intangible assets are not amortized but instead tested for impairment annually or more frequently should an event or 
circumstances indicate that a reduction in fair value of the reporting unit may have occurred. The Company tests for 
impairment on October 31 of each year, or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. Such events and 
circumstances may be a significant change in business climate, economic and industry trends, legal factors, negative 
operating  performance  indicators,  significant  competition  or  changes  in  strategy.  The  Company  performs  its 
goodwill  or  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  impairment  test  at  the  reporting  unit  level  and  asset  grouping  level, 
respectively, and has determined it operates under one reporting unit and asset grouping.

In testing goodwill for impairment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether the existence 
of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting 
unit is less than its carrying amount, which is commonly referred to as “Step 0”. If, after assessing the totality of 
events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is 
less than its carrying amount, then additional impairment testing is not required. If the carrying amount of goodwill 
exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying amount 
over the fair value. 

The annual evaluation for impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets is a two-step process. The first step is to 
perform a qualitative impairment assessment. If this qualitative assessment indicates that, more likely than not, the 
indefinite-lived intangible assets are not impaired, then no further testing is performed. If the qualitative assessment 
indicates  that,  more  likely  than  not,  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  impaired,  then  the  fair  value  of  the 
indefinite-lived intangible assets must be calculated. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss 
is recorded for that excess.

Determining  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  or  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  is  judgmental  in  nature  and 
involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth 
rates, weighted average cost of capital and royalty rates. The Company bases its fair value estimates on assumptions 
it believes to be reasonable but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ 
from the estimates. 

In the course of performing the annual qualitative assessment of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets for 
the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase in the Company’s weighted average cost of capital and a decrease in 
the  royalty  rate  assumptions  used  in  calculating  the  fair  value  of  indefinite-lived  intangibles  were  determined 
sufficient  to  represent  impairment  indicators  which  qualified  as  a  triggering  event  to  move  to  step  two  of  the 
impairment test. In the process of determining the implied fair value of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible 
assets,  management  utilized,  among  other  inputs,  a  relief  from  royalty  calculation  prepared  by  a  third-party 
consultant. As a result of this calculation, the implied fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets was deemed 
to  be  lower  than  the  carrying  value.  An  impairment  charge  of  $8.9  million  was  recorded  in  intangible  asset 
impairment charge in the consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income to align the carrying value of 
the  Company’s  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  with  their  implied  fair  value.  No  impairment  indicators  were 
identified as a result of the Company’s annual qualitative assessment of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible 
assets for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

No  impairment  was  identified  as  a  result  of  the  Step  0  qualitative  analysis  performed  in  2017  and  the  step  1 
quantitative analysis performed in 2016 and 2015 in connection with the Company’s annual test of goodwill, as the 
estimated fair value of goodwill as of each impairment testing date exceeded its carrying value. 

76

Customer-Related Intangibles and Other Amortized Intangible Assets

Intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  are  stated  at  cost,  less  accumulated  amortization  and  impairment  losses.  These 
intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives, which are reviewed 
annually:

Customer-related intangibles ........................................
Computer software ........................................................

Estimated
Useful Life
7-10 years
3-7 years

Weighted
Average

9
6

As it relates to business acquisitions, the fair values of acquired customer-related intangibles are estimated using a 
discounted cash flow analysis. Input assumptions regarding future cash flows, growth rates, discount rates, and tax 
rates used in developing the present value of future cash flow projections are the basis of the fair value calculation. 

Contingent Consideration

Some of the Company’s acquisition agreements include contingent consideration arrangements, which are generally 
based  on  the  achievement  of  future  performance  thresholds.  For  each  transaction,  the  Company  estimates  the  fair 
value of contingent consideration payments as part of the initial purchase price and records the estimated fair value 
of contingent consideration as a liability.

The  Company  considers  several  factors  when  determining  that  contingent  consideration  liabilities  are  part  of  the 
purchase  price,  including  the  following:  (1)  the  valuation  of  its  acquisitions  is  not  supported  solely  by  the  initial 
consideration  paid,  (2)  the  former  shareholders  of  acquired  companies  that  remain  as  key  employees  receive 
compensation other than contingent consideration payments at a reasonable level compared with the compensation 
of the Company’s other key employees and (3) contingent consideration payments are not affected by employment 
termination. 

The Company reviews and assesses the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the 
updated  fair  value  could  differ  materially  from  the  initial  estimates.  Adjustments  to  the  estimated  fair  value  of 
contingent consideration are reported in sales, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of 
income and comprehensive income. 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Property and 
equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 1 to 6 years (shorter of economic 
useful  life  or  lease  term)  for  leasehold  improvements  and  1  to  10  years  for  equipment,  which  includes  computer 
hardware and office furniture. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other than Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets other than goodwill and trade name intangible assets, held and used by the Company, including 
property and equipment and amortized intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets  may  not  be  recoverable.  The  Company  evaluates 
recoverability  of  assets  to  be  held  and  used  by  comparing  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  to  the  future  net 
undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment loss 
is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

There were no long-lived asset impairments noted for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015. 

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the fee is 
fixed or determinable and the collectability of the related revenue is reasonably assured.

77

A  significant  portion  of  the  Company’s  annual  revenue  is  generated  from  the  production  of  trade  shows  and 
conference  events,  including  booth  space  sales,  registration  fees  and  sponsorship  fees.  The  Company  recognizes 
revenue  upon  completion  of  each  trade  show  or  conference  event.  The  trade  show  and  conference  revenues 
represented approximately 93%, 92% and 92% of the total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 
and  2015,  respectively.  Amounts  invoiced  prior  to  the  completion  of  the  trade  show  or  conference  event  are 
recorded as deferred revenues in the consolidated balance sheets until the completion of the event. As of December 
31,  2017  and  2016,  the  Company  had  deferred  revenues  of  $192.6  million  and  $171.6  million,  respectively,  of 
which, $49.3 million and $49.9 million, are included in accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheets as of 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Other revenues, primarily consisting of advertising sales for industry publications, are recognized in the period in 
which the publications are issued.

Other Income

During the third quarter of 2017, as a result of Hurricane Irma, the Company’s Surf Expo and Imprinted Sportswear 
Show - Orlando (“ISS Orlando”) were forced to close two days early.  The Company carries cancellation insurance 
to mitigate losses caused by natural disasters and received a payment of $6.5 million from its insurance carrier to 
offset  the  lost  revenues  of  the  affected  trade  shows.  As  a  result,  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the 
Company  recorded  Other  Income  of  $6.5  million  to  recognize  the  amount  that  was  recovered  from  the  insurance 
company in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

Deferred Financing Fees and Debt Discount

Costs  relating  to  debt  issuance  have  been  deferred  and  are  amortized  over  the  terms  of  the  underlying  debt 
instruments, using the effective interest method for the Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility and the straight-
line method for the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility. Debt discount is recorded as a contra-liability 
and is amortized over the term of the underlying debt instrument, using the effective interest method.

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are components of an enterprise for which discrete financial reporting information is available 
that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources 
and in assessing performance. As the Company’s sole function is the operation and management of trade shows and 
their  interdependent  trade  show  related  marketing  activities,  the  CODM  views  the  Company’s  operations  and 
manages the businesses as one operating segment. In addition, all of the Company’s assets and trade shows are held 
in the U.S. Utilizing these criteria, the Company is managed on the basis of one reportable operating segment.

Advertising and Marketing Costs

Advertising  and  marketing  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred  and  are  reflected  as  selling,  general  and  administrative 
expenses  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income.  These  costs  include  all  brand 
advertising,  telemarketing,  direct  mail  and  other  sales  promotion  associated  with  the  Company’s  trade  shows, 
conference events and publications. Advertising and marketing costs totaled $12.9 million, $11.7 million and $11.5 
million, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Prior  to  the  IPO,  certain  of  the  Company’s  officers,  non-employee  directors,  consultants  and  employees  received 
stock-based  awards  pursuant  to  our  2013  Option  Plan.  Stock-based  compensation  expense  is  calculated  for  each 
vesting tranche of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The expense is recognized, net of 
forfeitures,  within  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income;  however,  no  expense  is 
recognized  for  awards  that  do  not  ultimately  vest.  The  determination  of  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  stock  options 
using an option-pricing model is affected by a number of assumptions, such as the fair value of the underlying stock, 

78

Emerald’s expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option forfeiture behaviors, 
risk-free interest rates and expected dividends, which is estimated as follows:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Fair Value of our Common Stock — Due to the absence of an active market for the Company’s common stock 
prior to the IPO, the fair value for purposes of determining the underlying stock price for pre-IPO stock option 
grants  was  determined  utilizing  commonly  accepted  valuation  practices.  The  exercise  price  was  set  at  least 
equal  to  the  fair  value  of  Emerald’s  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  The  key  assumptions  used  in  the 
valuations  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  Emerald’s  pre-IPO  common  stock  included  its  historical  and 
projected  operating  and  financial  performance;  observed  market  multiples  for  comparable  businesses;  the 
uncertainty in the business associated with economic conditions; the fact that equity incentive grants relate to 
illiquid  securities  in  a  private  company  that  had  no  liquid  trading  market;  and  the  likelihood  of  achieving  a 
liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company. Each of these assumptions involves 
highly complex and subjective estimates. Following the IPO, the fair value per share of our common stock for 
purposes  of  determining  share-based  compensation  is  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  as 
reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the applicable grant date.

Expected  Term  —  For  pre-IPO  and  post-IPO  stock  option  grants,  the  expected  option  term  represents  the 
period of time the option is expected to be outstanding. The simplified method is used to estimate the term 
since the Company does not have sufficient exercise history to calculate the expected term of stock options.

Volatility  —  For  pre-IPO  and  post-IPO  stock  option  grants,  management  determines  the  expected  volatility 
based  on  historical  average  volatilities  of  similar  publicly  traded  companies  corresponding  to  the  expected 
term of the awards.  

Risk-Free Rate — For pre-IPO and post-IPO stock options, the risk-free rate is based on the yields of United 
States Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of stock option for each stock option 
grant.

Forfeiture Rate — For pre-IPO and post-IPO stock options, estimates of pre-vesting forfeitures, or forfeiture 
rates, were based on our internal analysis, which primarily considers the award recipients’ position within the 
company.

Dividend Yield — Prior to the IPO, the Company had never declared or paid any cash dividends and had no 
intention to pay cash dividends. Consequently, an expected dividend yield of zero was used with respect to 
pre-IPO  options.    In  connection  with  the  IPO,  the  Company  adopted  a  policy  of  paying  quarterly  cash 
dividends on our common stock.  Our post-IPO stock option grants include an expected dividend yield which 
is commensurate with the annual dividends the Company has been declaring and paying since the IPO.

In  2017,  the  Company  granted  Restricted  Stock  Units,  “RSUs”,  that  contain  service  and,  in  certain  instances, 
performance  conditions  to  certain  executives  and  employees.  The  Company  recognizes  cumulative  stock-based 
compensation  expense  for  the  portion  of  the  awards  for  which  the  service  period  and  performance  conditions,  as 
applicable, are probable of being satisfied.  The grant date fair value of stock-based awards is recognized as expense 
over the requisite service period on the graded-vesting method.

Income Taxes

The Company provides for income taxes utilizing the asset and liability method of accounting. Under this method, 
deferred  income  taxes  are  recorded  to  reflect  the  tax  consequences  in  future  years  of  differences  between  the  tax 
basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each balance sheet date, based on enacted tax 
laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. 
If it is determined that it is more likely than not that future tax benefits associated with a deferred tax asset will not 
be realized, a valuation allowance is provided. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax 
rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income as an adjustment to income 
tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date. 

The  Company  records  a  liability  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  resulting  from  uncertain  tax  positions  taken  or 
expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized 
tax benefits in income tax expense. 

79

Note 2. Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In  January  2017,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update 
(“ASU”)  2017-04,  Intangibles  –  Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic  350):  Simplifying  the  Accounting  for  Goodwill 
Impairment. The guidance removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase 
price allocation. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds 
its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The revised guidance is applied prospectively and is 
effective for calendar year-end filers in 2020, with early adoption permitted. Adoption of ASU 2017-04 did not have 
a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Clarifying the Definition of a Business, to assist companies with 
evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions of assets or businesses. The new guidance 
requires a company to evaluate if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is 
concentrated  in  a  single  identifiable  asset  or  a  group  of  similar  identifiable  assets;  if  so,  the  set  of  assets  and 
activities  is  not  a  business.  The  guidance  also  requires  a  business  to  include  at  least  one  substantive  process  and 
narrows  the  definition  of  outputs  by  more  closely  aligning  it  with  how  outputs  are  described  in  the  guidance  for 
revenue from contracts with customers. The guidance should be applied prospectively to any transactions occurring 
within  the  period  of  adoption.  Management  elected  to  early  adopt  the  new  guidance  during  the  fourth  quarter  of 
2017.  Adoption  of  ASU  2017-01  did  not  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 
statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows: Restricted Cash, which provides new 
guidance  on  restricted  cash  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  The  new  guidance  requires  the  classification  and 
presentation of changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. Therefore, amounts 
generally  described  as  restricted  cash  and  restricted  cash  equivalents  should  be  included  with  cash  and  cash 
equivalents  when  reconciling  the  beginning  and  ending  balances  shown  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  The  new 
standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years,  and  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years,  beginning  after  December  15, 
2017, with early adoption permitted. The guidance is applied retrospectively after adoption. Adoption of ASU 2016-
18 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In  August  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-15,  Statement  of  Cash  Flows  (Topic  230):  Classification  of  Certain 
Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (ASU 2016-15). ASU 2016-15 clarifies how certain cash receipts and payments 
should  be  presented  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  This  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December 15, 2016. Adoption of ASU 2016-15 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718). ASU 2016-09 
identifies  areas  for  simplification  involving  several  aspects  of  accounting  for  share-based  payment  transactions, 
including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, an option to recognize 
gross stock compensation expense with actual forfeitures recognized as they occur, as well as certain classifications 
on  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  This  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2016. 
Adoption of ASU 2016-09 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In  January  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-01,  Financial  Instruments  -  Overall  (Subtopic  825-10:  Recognition 
and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities), which revised entities’ accounting related to: (i) the 
classification  and  measurement  of  investments  in  equity  securities;  and  (ii)  the  presentation  of  certain  fair  value 
changes  for  financial  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value.  The  ASU  also  amends  certain  disclosure  requirements 
associated  with  the  fair  value  of  financial  instruments.  The  new  guidance  is  effective  for  the  Company  in  annual 
periods ending after December 15, 2017 and requires a modified retrospective approach to adoption. Early adoption 
is  only  permitted  for  the  provision  related  to  instrument-specific  credit  risk.  Adoption  of  ASU  2016-01  related  to 
instrument-specific credit risk did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which will require lessees to recognize most 
leases on their balance sheets as a right-of-use asset with a corresponding lease liability, and lessors to recognize a 

80

net  lease  investment.  Additional  qualitative  and  quantitative  disclosures  will  also  be  required.  This  standard  is 
effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2018.  Management  is  currently  assessing  the  impact  that 
adopting this new accounting standard will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which requires an entity to 
recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to 
customers. ASU 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes 
effective. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14 to defer the effective date for annual reporting to periods 
beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  including  interim  periods  within  that  reporting  period.  Early  adoption  is 
permitted  as  of  the  original  effective  date  in  ASU  2014-09,  which  is  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after 
December 15, 2016, however, the Company will not early adopt. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-
20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers which affect 
narrow  aspects  of  the  guidance  issued  in  ASU  2014-09.  In  May  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-12,  Narrow 
Scope  Improvements  and  Practical  Expedients,  which  amends  and  clarifies  certain  aspects  in  ASU  2014-09  that 
include collectibility, presentation of sales and other taxes collected from customers, noncash consideration, contract 
modifications  and  completed  contracts  at  transition.  In  April  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-10,  Identifying 
Performance Obligations and Licensing, which amends the guidance in ASU 2014-09 on accounting for licenses of 
intellectual  property  and  identifying  performance  obligations.  In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-08, 
Principal  versus  Agent  Considerations  (Reporting  Revenue  Gross  versus  Net),  which  amends  the  principal  versus 
agent  guidance  in  ASU  2014-09.  The  standards  are  to  be  applied  retrospectively  and  the  Company  has  elected  to 
utilize  the  full  retrospective  method.  Management  has  completed  its  evaluation  and  aside  from  the  new  footnote 
disclosure requirements, does not believe these standards will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements. 

There  have  been  no  other  new  accounting  pronouncements  that  are  expected  to  have  a  significant  impact  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. 

Note 3. Business Acquisitions

In line with the Company’s strategic growth initiatives, Emerald acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities of 
several companies during 2017 (collectively, the “2017 acquisitions”), 2016 (collectively, the “2016 acquisitions”) 
and 2015 (collectively, the “2015 acquisitions”), as described below. Each transaction qualified as an acquisition of 
a business and was accounted for as a business combination. 

2017 Acquisitions

CEDIA

The Company acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities associated with CEDIA Expo on January 25, 2017, for 
a total purchase price of $34.8 million, which included a negative working capital adjustment of approximately $1.2 
million.  The  acquisition  was  financed  with  cash  from  operations  and  a  draw  on  the  Company’s  revolving  credit 
facility. 

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.2 million were expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.  The revenue and net 
income generated from this acquisition during the 2017 post-acquisition period was $7.0 million and $1.5 million, 
respectively.  The measurement period was closed during the fourth quarter of 2017.  

81

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition: 

 (in millions)
Prepaid expenses ............................................................. $
Goodwill..........................................................................
Other intangible assets ....................................................
Deferred revenues ...........................................................

Purchase price, including working capital
   adjustment............................................................... $

January 25,
2017

0.3
24.9
11.1
(1.5)

34.8

InterDrone 

The Company acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities associated with the International Drone Conference and 
Exposition  on  March  10,  2017,  for  a  purchase  price  of  $8.2  million,  which  included  a  negative  working  capital 
adjustment of approximately $0.2 million and estimated contingent consideration of $3.8 million. The $4.4 million 
closing  purchase  payment  was  financed  with  cash  from  operations.  The  contingent  consideration  was  primarily 
based upon performance thresholds around revenue and earnings. The liability was re-measured to fair value each 
reporting period using the Company’s most recent internal operational budgets. As a result of the Company’s review 
during the fourth quarter of 2017, the contingent consideration liability was re-measured to fair value which resulted 
in  a  $0.3  million  increase  in  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  and  is  included  in  selling,  general  and 
administrative  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income.  The  $4.1  million 
contingent payment was settled in the fourth quarter of 2017. The measurement period was closed during the fourth 
quarter of 2017. 

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.4 million were expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.  The revenue and net 
income generated from this acquisition during the 2017 post-acquisition period was $1.7 million and $0.5 million, 
respectively.  The measurement period was closed during the fourth quarter of 2017.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition: 

(in millions)
Goodwill.......................................................................... $
Other intangible assets ....................................................
Deferred revenues ...........................................................

Purchase price, including working capital
   adjustment............................................................... $

March 10,
2017

5.5
2.9
(0.2)

8.2

Snow Show

The  Company  acquired  the  assets  and  assumed  the  liabilities  associated  with  the  SnowSports  Industries  America 
Snow Show on May 24, 2017, for a total purchase price of $16.8 million, which included a negative working capital 
adjustment  of  approximately  $0.3  million  and  a  deferred  payment  of  $0.4  million.  At  the  date  of  acquisition,  the 
company entered into a sponsorship agreement for a non-exclusive right to use to the Snow Sports Industries mark. 
As a result of the sponsorship agreement, the company recorded a $0.4 million deferred payment that will be paid 
over  the  next  ten  years.    The  $0.4  million  deferred  payment  is  included  in  accounts  payable  and  other  current 
liabilities and other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The acquisition was financed with cash 
from operations. 

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.3 million were expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.  The revenue and net 
income generated from this acquisition during the 2017 post-acquisition period was immaterial.  The measurement 
period was closed during the fourth quarter of 2017.   

82

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition:

 (in millions)
Goodwill.......................................................................... $
Other intangible assets ....................................................
Deferred revenues ...........................................................

Purchase price, including working capital
   adjustment............................................................... $

May 24,
2017

11.3
5.8
(0.3)

16.8

CPMG

The  Company  acquired  Connecting  Point  Marketing  Group  on  November  29,  2017,  for  a  total  purchase  price  of 
$36.6  million,  which  included  a  working  capital  adjustment  of  approximately  $1.4  million.  The  acquisition  was 
financed with cash from operations and a draw from the Company’s revolving credit facility. 

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.3 million were expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.  The revenue and net 
income generated from this acquisition during the 2017 post-acquisition period was immaterial.  The measurement 
period is expected to be closed during the first quarter of 2018.   

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition:

November 29,
2017

 (in millions)
Cash................................................................................. $
Trade and other receivables ............................................
Prepaid expenses .............................................................
Goodwill..........................................................................
Other intangible assets ....................................................
Accounts payable and other current liabilities ................
Deferred revenues ...........................................................

Purchase price, including working capital
   adjustment............................................................... $

0.6
5.1
0.5
21.7
22.4
(0.8)
(12.9)

36.6

The  Company  recorded  goodwill  of  $63.4  million  and  $40.0  million  in  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017  and 
2016, respectively. In the view of management, the goodwill recorded reflects the future cash flow expectations for 
the  acquired  businesses’  market  positions  in  their  respective  trade  show  industries,  synergies  and  assembled 
workforce. Substantially all of the goodwill recorded is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. 

2016 Acquisitions

IGES

On August 1, 2016, the Company acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities associated with the International 
Gift Exposition in the Smokies and the Souvenir Super Show for a total purchase price cash consideration of $3.7 
million,  which  included  a  negative  working  capital  adjustment  of  $1.3  million.  The  revenue  and  net  income 
generated  from  this  acquisition  during  the  2016  post-acquisition  period  was  $2.5  million  and  $1.1  million, 
respectively. The measurement period was closed during the fourth quarter of 2016.

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.3 million were expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

83

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition:

 (in millions)
Prepaid expenses ............................................................................ $
Goodwill.........................................................................................
Other intangible assets ...................................................................
Deferred revenue ............................................................................

Purchase price, including working capital adjustment ............. $

August 1,
2016

0.1
2.9
1.8
(1.1)
3.7

Collective 

On  August  8,  2016,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  and  assumed  the  liabilities  associated  with  the  Swim 
Collective Trade Show and the Active Collective Trade Show for a purchase price of $14.2 million, which reflects 
the  contingent  consideration  payment  of  $1.3  million  that  was  settled  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  
The contingent consideration was primarily based upon performance thresholds around revenue and earnings. The 
liability was re-measured to fair value each reporting period using the Company’s most recent internal operational 
budgets.  During  2017,  the  Company  recorded  a  $0.1  million  decrease  in  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent 
consideration  liability  which  is  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  in  the  consolidated 
statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income.  The  revenue  and  net  income  generated  from  this  acquisition 
during  the  2016  post-acquisition  period  was  immaterial.  The  measurement  period  was  closed  during  the  second 
quarter of 2017.

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.3 million were expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition:

(in millions)
Prepaid expenses ............................................................................ $
Goodwill.........................................................................................
Other intangible assets ...................................................................
Deferred revenue ............................................................................

Purchase price, including working capital adjustment ............. $

August 8,
2016

0.1
9.0
5.2
(0.1)
14.2

Digital Dealer 

On October 11, 2016, the Company acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities associated with the Digital Dealer 
Conference  &  Expo,  for  a  purchase  price  of  $20.5  million.    The  Company  paid  $4.7  million  of  contingent 
consideration during the second quarter of 2017. The remaining $0.2 million contingent consideration was settled in 
the fourth quarter of 2017. The contingent consideration was primarily based upon performance thresholds around 
revenue and earnings. The liability was re-measured to fair value each reporting period using the Company’s most 
recent internal operational budgets. During 2017, the Company recorded a $0.8 million decrease in the fair value of 
the  contingent  consideration  liability  which  is  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  in  the 
consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. The contingent consideration liability is included in 
accounts  payable  and  other  accrued  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  at  December  31,  2016.  In 
conjunction  with  the  acquisition,  there  is  a  $1.0  million  contingent  compensation  payment  that  was  settled  in 
January  2018.  Payment  of  this  contingent  amount  is  primarily  based  upon  achievement  of  certain  performance 
thresholds  as  well  as  the  continued  engagement  of  the  seller.  As  such,  the  $1.0  million  was  determined  to  be 
compensation and is being ratably expensed during the requisite service period. For the year ended December 31, 
2017,  $0.8  million  of  the  contingent  compensation  expense  was  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative 
expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income.  As  of  December  31,  2017,  $1.0 
million  is  included  in  accounts  payable  and  other  accrued  liabilities.    As  of  December  31,  2016,  $0.2  million  is 
included  in  other  noncurrent  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  The  revenue  and  net  income  generated 

84

from  this  acquisition  during  the  2016  post-acquisition  period  was  immaterial.    The  measurement  period  for  this 
acquisition was closed in the third quarter of 2017.

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.5 million were expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition:

(in millions)
Prepaid expenses ............................................................................ $
Goodwill.........................................................................................
Other intangible assets ...................................................................
Deferred revenue ............................................................................

Purchase price, including working capital adjustment ............. $

October 11,
2016

0.3
14.7
5.9
(0.4)
20.5

Pavement 

On  October  18,  2016,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  and  assumed  the  liabilities  associated  with  the  National 
Pavement  Expo  for  a  purchase  price  of  $7.8  million.  The  Company  paid  $2.3  million  of  contingent  consideration 
during the second quarter of 2017. The contingent consideration was primarily based upon performance thresholds 
around revenue and earnings. The liability was re-measured to fair value each reporting period using the Company’s 
most  recent  internal  operational  budgets.  During  2017,  the  Company  recorded  a  $0.9  million  increase  in  the  fair 
value of the contingent consideration liability which is included in selling, general and administrative expense in the 
consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income.  The  revenue  and  net  income  generated  from  this 
acquisition during the 2016 post-acquisition period was immaterial. The measurement period for this acquisition was 
closed in the second quarter of 2017.

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.5 million were expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition:

(in millions)
Prepaid expenses ............................................................................ $
Goodwill.........................................................................................
Other intangible assets ...................................................................
Deferred revenue ............................................................................

Purchase price, including working capital adjustment ............. $

October 18,
2016

0.1
5.3
2.8
(0.4)
7.8

RFID

On November 15, 2016, the Company acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities associated with RFID Journal 
LIVE! for a purchase price of $5.7 million. In conjunction with the acquisition, there are contingent compensation 
payments  of  $2.5  million  scheduled  to  be  settled  during  the  first  quarter  of  2018  and  2019,  which  are  primarily 
contingent  upon  achievement  of  certain  performance  thresholds  and  the  continued  employment  of  the  seller.  As 
such, the $2.5 million was determined to be compensation and is being ratably expensed during the requisite service 
period. For the year ended December 31, 2017, $1.7 million of the contingent compensation expense was included 
in selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. 
As of December 31, 2017, $1.2 million and $0.7 is included in accounts payable and other accrued liabilities and 
other noncurrent liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2016, $0.2 million 
is  included  in  other  noncurrent  liabilities.  The  revenue  and  net  income  generated  from  this  acquisition  during  the 
2016  post-acquisition  period  was  immaterial.  The  measurement  period  for  this  acquisition  was  closed  in  the  third 
quarter of 2017.

85

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.3 million were expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition:

(in millions)
Prepaid expenses ............................................................................ $
Goodwill.........................................................................................
Other intangible assets ...................................................................
Deferred revenue ............................................................................

Purchase price, including working capital adjustment ............. $

November 15,
2016

0.1
4.2
2.3
(0.9)
5.7

ACRE

On December 13, 2016, the Company acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities associated with the American 
Craft Retailers Expo for a purchase price of $5.0 million, which includes a negative working capital adjustment of 
$1.1 million.  The revenue and net income generated from this acquisition during the 2016 post-acquisition period 
was immaterial.

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.3 million were expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition:

(in millions)
Prepaid expenses ............................................................................ $
Goodwill.........................................................................................
Other intangible assets ...................................................................
Deferred revenue ............................................................................

Purchase price, including working capital adjustment ............. $

December 13,
2016

0.1
3.8
2.1
(1.0)
5.0

2015 Acquisitions 

HCD

Emerald  acquired  the  assets  and  assumed  the  liabilities  associated  with  Healthcare  Design  Conference  and  Expo, 
Healthcare Design Magazine, Environments for Aging and Construction Super Conference on February 27, 2015, 
for a total purchase price consideration of $22.5 million. The acquisition was financed with cash from operations.

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.7 million were expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. The revenue and net 
income generated from this acquisition during the 2015 post-acquisition period was $7.8 million and $0.9 million, 
respectively. 

86

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of the acquisition: 

February 27,
2015

 (in millions)
Trade and other receivables ............................................ $
Prepaid expenses .............................................................
Goodwill..........................................................................
Other intangible assets ....................................................
Accounts payable and other current liabilities ................
Deferred revenues ...........................................................

Purchase price, including working capital
   adjustment............................................................... $

1.1
0.2
13.1
10.6
(0.3)
(2.2)

22.5

Pizza Group

The  Company  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  interests  of  Macfadden  Protech,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability 
company, which holds the assets and assumed the liabilities associated with International Pizza Expo, and the trade 
magazine  Pizza  Today  on  March  3,  2015,  for  a  total  purchase  price  consideration  of  $27.9  million,  comprised  of 
base consideration of $27.0 million, $0.9 million related to estimated net revenues generated in March 2015 when 
the Pizza Expo show staged and $0.1 million for estimated working capital received. The acquisition was financed 
with  cash  from  operations.  The  revenue  and  net  income  generated  from  this  acquisition  during  the  2015  post-
acquisition period was $6.0 million and $0.6 million, respectively. 

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.6 million were expensed as incurred during the first quarter of 2015 and 
included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and 
comprehensive income.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of the acquisition: 

 (in millions)
Trade and other receivables ............................................ $
Event net revenue receivable ..........................................
Prepaid expenses .............................................................
Goodwill..........................................................................
Other intangible assets ....................................................
Accounts payable and other current liabilities ................
Deferred revenues ...........................................................

Purchase price, including working capital
   adjustment............................................................... $

March 3,
2015

0.4
0.9
1.0
17.3
11.6
(0.1)
(3.2)

27.9

HOW

The Company acquired all of the assets and assumed the liabilities of HOW Design Live and the HOW Interactive 
Design Conference Sense from F+W Media, Inc. on October 14, 2015 for a purchase price of $27.6 million which 
includes  a  negative  working  capital  adjustment  of  $0.5  million.  The  acquisition  was  financed  with  cash  from 
operations  and  a  draw  from  the  Company’s  revolving  credit  facility.  The  revenue  and  net  income  generated  from 
this acquisition during the 2015 post-acquisition period was immaterial. 

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.6 million were expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general 
and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

87

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of the acquisition: 

 (in millions)
Prepaid expenses ............................................................. $
Goodwill..........................................................................
Other intangible assets ....................................................
Deferred revenues ...........................................................

Purchase price, including working capital
   adjustment............................................................... $

October 14,
2015

0.3
20.5
7.2
(0.4)

27.6

Fastener Expo

Emerald acquired all of the assets and assumed the liabilities of National Industrial Fastener and Mill Supply Expo 
from the show’s co-owners on November 12, 2015 for a purchase price of $10.8 million which included a positive 
working capital adjustment of $0.1 million. The acquisition was financed with $6.2 million of cash from operations 
and the assumption of a $4.5 million note payable from the seller. The note was paid in full in January 2016. The 
revenue and net income generated from this acquisition during the 2015 post-acquisition period was immaterial. 

All of the external acquisition costs of $0.5 million were expensed as incurred during the second half of 2015 and 
are  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and 
comprehensive income.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of the acquisition:

 (in millions)
Prepaid expenses ............................................................. $
Goodwill ..........................................................................
Other intangible assets.....................................................

Purchase price, including working capital
   adjustment ............................................................... $

November 12,
2015

0.1
6.8
3.9

10.8

Pro-forma financial information 

The following table represents the unaudited pro-forma revenue and net income for the years ended December 31, 
2017,  2016  and  2015  as  if  each  acquisition  had  occurred  on  the  first  day  of  the  fiscal  year  preceding  the  actual 
transaction  date  and  after  giving  effect  to  certain  pro-forma  adjustments  primarily  related  to  the  amortization  of 
acquired  intangible  assets  and  interest  expense.  The  supplemental  unaudited  pro-forma  financial  information  is 
presented for information purposes only. It is not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s financial position or 
results of operations actually would have been had the Company completed the acquisitions at the dates indicated, 
nor is it intended to project the future financial position or operating results of the combined company. 

(in millions)

2017

Pro-forma revenues ................................... $
Pro-forma net income................................ $

Year ended December 31,
2016
(Unaudited)
364.1
$
28.5
$

$
$

360.7
90.6

2015

331.7
23.9

The  unaudited  pro-forma  supplemental  information  is  based  on  estimates  and  assumptions  that  the  Company 
believes  are  reasonable  and  reflects  amortization  of  intangible  assets  as  a  result  of  the  acquisitions.  This 
supplemental  pro-forma  information  has  been  prepared  for  comparative  purposes  and  does  not  purport  to  be 
indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisitions been made at the beginning of the year prior to the year 
in  which  the  acquisitions  closed,  nor  is  it  indicative  of  any  future  results.  Further,  the  supplemental  pro-forma 
information has not been adjusted for show timing differences or discontinued events.

88

Note 4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The table below summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:

 (in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2015......................................
HOW adjustment .............................................................
2016 acquisitions .............................................................
Balance at December 31, 2016...................................... $
2017 acquisitions .............................................................
Balance at December 31, 2017...................................... $

$

890.3
0.1
39.9
930.3
63.4
993.7

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets consisted of the following:

 (in millions)
Indefinite-lived intangible assets

December 31,
2016

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

December 31,
2017

Trade names ........................................................ $

278.8 $

19.7 $

- $

- $

298.5

Amortizable intangibles

Customer-related intangibles ..............................
Computer software ..............................................

Accumulated amortization

Customer-related intangibles ..............................
Computer software ..............................................

Capitalized software in progress...............................
Total other intangibles, net ....................................... $

382.8
8.0
669.6

26.0
-
45.7

(124.4)
(4.4)
(128.8)
0.4
541.2 $

(41.3)
(1.0)
(42.3)
0.4
3.8 $

-
-
-

-
-
-
-
- $

-
0.4
0.4

-
-
-
(0.4)

- $

408.8
8.4
715.7

(165.7)
(5.4)
(171.1)
0.4
545.0

 (in millions)
Indefinite-lived intangible assets

December 31,
2015

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

December 31,
2016

Trade names ........................................................ $

270.4 $

8.4 $

- $

- $

278.8

Amortizable intangibles

Customer-related intangibles ..............................
Computer software ..............................................

Accumulated amortization

Customer-related intangibles ..............................
Computer software ..............................................

Capitalized software in progress...............................
Total other intangibles, net ....................................... $

371.0
7.3
648.7

11.8
-
20.2

(86.0)
(3.4)
(89.4)
0.1
559.4 $

(38.4)
(1.0)
(39.4)
1.0
(18.2) $

-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

-
0.7
0.7

-
-
-
(0.7)

$

- $

382.8
8.0
669.6

(124.4)
(4.4)
(128.8)
0.4
541.2

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $42.3 million, $39.3 million and 
$37.9 million, respectively.

89

Future amortization expense is estimated to be as follows for each of the five following years and thereafter ending 
December 31:

 (in millions)
2018 ................................................................................. $
2019 .................................................................................
2020 .................................................................................
2021 .................................................................................
2022 .................................................................................
Thereafter ........................................................................

$

44.3
44.3
44.2
43.7
41.7
28.3
246.5

Note 5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following:

(in millions)
Leasehold improvements .............................................. $
Furniture, equipment and other.....................................

Less: Accumulated depreciation...................................

Property and equipment, net ................................... $

$

December 31,

2017

2016

2.1 $
5.3
7.4
(3.6)
3.8 $

1.8
4.7
6.5
(2.7)
3.8

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was 
$0.9 million, $0.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

Note 6. Long-Term Debt 

Long-term debt is comprised of the following indebtedness to various lenders: 

 (in millions)
Term Loan Facility, with interest at LIBOR plus
   3.75% (equal to 4.75%) due 2020, net(a).......................................................... $
Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility, with
   interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% (equal to 4.42%) due
   2024, net(b) .......................................................................................................
Less: Current maturities......................................................................................
Long-term debt, net of current maturities, debt
   discount and deferred financing fees ............................................................... $

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

-

$

702.1

554.2
5.7

-
8.8

548.5

$

693.3

(a)

Term Loan Facility as of December 31, 2016 is recorded net of unamortized discount of $6.0 million and net 
of unamortized deferred financing fees $5.2 million. 

(b) Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility as of December 31, 2017 is recorded net of unamortized discount 

of $3.6 million and net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $4.4 million.

Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Prior to October 2016, the senior secured credit facilities consisted of (a) a seven-year $430.0 million senior secured 
term  loan  facility  (the  “Term  Loan  Facility”)  and  (b)  a  $90.0  million  senior  secured  revolving  credit  facility  (the 
“Revolving Credit Facility” and, together the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”).  On October 28, 2016, Emerald 
Expositions  Holding,  Inc.,  “EEH”,  entered  into  a  third  amendment  to  the  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  to  (i) 
borrow  an  additional  $200.0  million  of  term  loans  under  the  Term  Loan  Facility  to  fund  the  redemption  of  the 

90

9.000% Senior Notes due 2021 and (ii) increase commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility by $10.0 million 
to a total of $100.0 million.

On  May  8,  2017,  using  the  net  proceeds  from  the  initial  public  offering,  the  Company  prepaid  $159.2  million  of 
borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Term  Loan  Facility.    On  May  22,  2017,  EEH  amended  and  restated  the  Senior 
Secured  Credit  Facilities  (the  “Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities”),  which  consist  of  (i)  a 
seven-year  $565.0  million  senior  secured  term  loan  facility  (the  “Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan  Facility”), 
scheduled  to  mature  on  May  22,  2024  and  (ii)  a  $150.0  million  senior  secured  revolving  credit  facility  (the 
“Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit  Facility”  and,  together  with  the  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan 
Facility, the “Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities”), scheduled to mature on May 23, 2022. On 
November 27, 2017, (the “Effective Date”), EEH entered into the Refinancing Agreement and First Amendment to 
the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities to reduce the interest rate applicable to term loans under 
the Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility, by 25 basis points, and on November 29, 2017, EEH entered into the 
Repricing Agreement and Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to reduce the interest 
rate applicable to revolving loans under the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement by 25 basis points. 

The Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility proceeds of $563.6 million (net of a $1.4 million original issuance 
discount)  were  used  to  repay  the  outstanding  principal  and  interest  under  the  Term  Loan  Facility,  pay  third  party 
fees  of  $6.4  million  and  pay  $0.8  million  in  financing  fees  related  to  the  increase  in  commitments  under  the 
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility. An additional $1.5 million in third party fees were paid with cash 
from  operations.  Of  the  $6.4  million  in  third  party  fees,  $3.8  million  were  recognized  as  interest  expense.  The 
remaining $2.6 million, together with the $1.5 million in third party fees that were paid with cash from operations, 
were  recorded  as  deferred  financing  fees.  The  $1.4  million  original  issuance  discount  and  the  $2.6  million  in 
deferred financing fees will be amortized over the life of the Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility using the 
effective  interest  method.  The  $0.8  million  in  deferred  financing  fees  related  to  the  Amended  and  Restated 
Revolving Credit Facility will be amortized over the life of the facility using the straight-line method.

In  connection  with  the  November  2017  repricings,  third  party  fees  of  $0.7  million,  were  recognized  as  interest 
expense.

The  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  allow  for  EEH  to  choose  from  the  following  two 
interest rate options:

-

or

-

Alternate Base Rate (“ABR”) loans bear interest at a rate equal to a spread, or applicable margin, above the 
greatest of (i) the administrative agent’s prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Rate plus 50 basis points, and (iii) 
the one month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.00%. 

LIBOR loans bear interest at a rate equal to a spread, or applicable margin, over the LIBOR rate.

From  May  22,  2017  through  the  Effective  Date,  the  spread,  or  applicable  margin,  was  2.00%  for  ABR  loans  and 
3.00% for LIBOR loans. After the Effective Date, the spread, or applicable margin, was 1.75% for ABR loans and 
2.75% for LIBOR loans. Following the first fiscal quarter after the Effective Date, (i) the applicable margin will step 
down  by  0.25%  if  EEH’s  Total  First  Lien  Net  Leverage  Ratio  (as  defined  in  the  Amended  and  Restated  Senior 
Secured Credit Facilities) is lower than 2.75 to 1.00 and (ii) the applicable margin under the Amended and Restated 
Revolving Credit Facility (but not the Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility) will step down by an additional 
0.25% if EEH’s Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than 2.50 to 1.00. 

EEH is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee in respect of the unutilized commitments under the Amended 
and Restated Revolving Credit Facility in an amount equal to 0.50% per annum, calculated on the unused portion of 
the facility, which may be reduced to 0.375% upon achievement of a Total First Lien Ratio of 3.50 to 1.50. Upon the 
issuance  of  letters  of  credit  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  EEH  is  required  to  pay 
fronting  fees,  customary  issuance  and  administration  fees  and  a  letter  of  credit  fee  equal  to  the  then-applicable 
margin (as determined by reference to LIBOR) for the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility. 

91

EEH had zero borrowings under its Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2017 and 
2016. EEH had $0.9 million and $0.6 million in stand-by letters of credit issuances under its Amended and Restated 
Revolving  Credit  Facility  and  its  Revolving  Credit  Facility  as  of  December  31,  2017  and  December  31,  2016, 
respectively.

Payments and Commitment Reductions

The Amended and Restated Term Loan Facility requires repayment in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% of the 
$565.0 million (the principal amount outstanding on May 22, 2017), with the balance due at maturity. Installment 
payments  on  the  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan  Facility  are  due  on  the  last  business  day  of  each  quarter, 
commencing on September 29, 2017. 

Subject to the certain customary exceptions and limitations, EEH is required to prepay amounts outstanding under 
the  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan  Facility  under  specified  circumstances,  including  50.0%  of  Excess  Cash 
Flow (“ECF”), subject to step-downs to 25% and 0% of excess cash flow at certain leverage based thresholds, and 
with  100%  of  the  net  cash  proceeds  of  asset  sales  and  casualty  events  in  excess  of  certain  thresholds  (subject  to 
certain reinvestment rights). 

EEH may prepay the loans in whole or part without premium or penalty. 

Guarantees; Collateral; Covenants; Events of Default

All  obligations  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Facility  are  guaranteed  by  EEH’s  direct  parent 
company and, subject to certain exceptions, by all of EEH’s direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries. 
As of December 31, 2017, all of EEH’s subsidiaries and EEH’s direct parent have provided guarantees. 

Subject to certain limitations, the obligations under the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities are 
secured by a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible assets owned by EEH 
or by any guarantor. 

The  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  contain  customary  incurrence-based  negative 
covenants,  including  limitations  on  indebtedness;  limitations  on  liens;  limitations  on  certain  fundamental  changes 
(including,  without  limitation,  mergers,  consolidations,  liquidations  and  dissolutions);  limitations  on  asset  sales; 
limitations on dividends and other restricted payments; limitations on investments, loans and advances; limitations 
on  repayments  of  subordinated  indebtedness;  limitations  on  transactions  with  affiliates;  limitations  on  changes  in 
fiscal  periods;  limitations  on  agreements  restricting  liens  and/or  dividends;  and  limitations  on  changes  in  lines  of 
business. In addition, the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility contains a financial covenant requiring 
EEH to comply with a 5.50 to 1.00 total first lien net secured leverage ratio test. This financial covenant is tested 
quarterly only if the aggregate amount of revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit outstanding under the 
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility (net of up to $10.0 million of outstanding letters of credit) exceeds 
35% of the total commitments thereunder. As of December 31, 2017, this financial covenant has not been triggered 
and EEH was in compliance with all covenants under the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Events  of  default  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  include,  among  others, 
nonpayment of principal when due; nonpayment of interest, fees or other amounts; cross-defaults; covenant defaults; 
material  inaccuracy  of  representations  and  warranties;  certain  bankruptcy  and  insolvency  events;  material 
unsatisfied or unstated judgments; certain ERISA events; change of control; or actual or asserted invalidity of any 
guarantee or security document. There were no events of default under the Amended and Restated Senior Secured 
Credit Facilities as of December 31, 2017.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, EEH made borrowings of $43.0 million and repayments of $43.0 million 
on  the  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  EEH  made 
borrowings and repayments of $8.0 million on the Revolving Credit Facility. EEH had $0.9 million and $0.6 million 
in stand-by letter of credit issuances under the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Facility and the Revolving 
Credit Facility as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. 

92

Interest Expense 

Interest  expense  reported  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income  consist  of  the 
following:

(in millions)
Senior secured term loan............................................. $
9.00% Senior notes .....................................................
Noncash interest for amortization of debt discount
   and debt issuance costs ............................................
Realized and unrealized loss on interest rate swap
   and floor, net ............................................................
Revolving credit facility commitment fees .................

$

Year ended
December 31,
2016

2015

2017

32.6 $
-

29.9 $
14.9

4.6

5.2

-
1.1
38.3 $

0.8
0.6
51.4 $

27.2
18.1

4.7

1.5
0.5
52.0

Interest Rate Swap and Floor 

In March 2014, the Company entered into forward interest rate swap and floor contracts to manage and reduce its 
interest rate risk. The Company’s interest rate swap and floor have an effective date of December 31, 2015 and are 
settled on the last business day of each month of March, June, September and December, beginning March 31, 2016 
through December 31, 2018. The Company made payments and recognized a realized loss of $1.4 million and $1.5 
million during the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, representing the differential between the 
three-month  LIBOR  rate  2.705%,  on  the  principal  amount  of  $100.0  million.  The  Company  marks-to-market  its 
interest rate contracts quarterly with the unrealized and realized gains and losses included in interest expense in the 
consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
the Company recorded an unrealized gain of $1.4 million and $0.7 million, respectively. The liability is included in 
accounts payable and other current liabilities and noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Note 7. Fair Value Measurements

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis 
are categorized in the tables below:

December 31, 2017

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Assets
Cash and cash equivalents ......................................... $
Total assets at fair value ....................................... $

10.9 $
10.9 $

10.9 $
10.9 $

- $
- $

Liabilities
Interest rate swap and floor(a)..................................... $
Contingent consideration(a) ........................................

Total liabilities at fair value.................................. $

0.8 $
1.6
2.4 $

- $
-
- $

0.8 $
-
0.8 $

(a)

Included in accounts payable and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

-
-

-
1.6
1.6

93

December 31, 2016

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Assets
Cash and cash equivalents ......................................... $
Total assets at fair value ....................................... $

14.9 $
14.9 $

14.9 $
14.9 $

- $
- $

Liabilities
Interest rate swap and floor(a)..................................... $
Contingent consideration(b) ........................................

Total liabilities at fair value.................................. $

2.3 $
8.5
10.8 $

- $
-
- $

2.3 $
-
2.3 $

-
-

-
8.5
8.5

(a)

Included in accounts payable and other current liabilities and other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated 
balance sheets.

(b)

Included in accounts payable and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

The  following  table  sets  forth  a  summary  of  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  Level  3  fair  value 
measurements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

December 31,
2015

 (in millions)
Contingent 
consideration............. $

Additions

December 31,
2016

Loss
recognized
in earnings
from
changes in
fair value

Payments

Additions

December 31,
2017

-

$

8.5

$

8.5

$

0.3

$ (12.6) $

5.4

$

1.6

The contingent consideration liability of $1.6 million as of December 31, 2017 is expected to be settled in 2018. The 
unobservable  inputs  used  in  calculating  contingent  consideration  include  probability  weighted  estimates  regarding 
the  likelihood  of  achieving  revenue  and  EBITDA  targets  for  the  respective  show  acquired.  The  liability  is  re-
measured  to  fair  value  each  reporting  period  using  the  Company’s  most  recent  internal  operational  budget.  The 
determination of the fair value of the contingent consideration liabilities could change in future periods based upon 
the Company’s ongoing evaluation of the changes in the probability of achieving the revenue or EBITDA targets.  
Any such changes in fair value will be recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated 
statements of income and comprehensive income.

The  contingent  consideration  liabilities  of  $8.5  million  as  of  December  31,  2016  were  settled  in  2017.  These 
liabilities were re-measured to fair value each reporting period using the Company’s most recent internal operational 
budgets. There were no remeasurement adjustments or payments of earn out liabilities between the acquisition dates 
and December 31, 2016. During our internal reviews in 2017, the Company recorded a $0.3 million increase in fair 
value which is included in selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of income and 
comprehensive income. 

Note 8. Related-Party and Former Parent Transactions

Emerald  entered  into  a  Services  Agreement,  dated  June  17,  2013,  with  Onex  Partners.  Under  the  Services 
Agreement, Onex Partners provided expertise and advisory services, including, financial and structural analysis, due 
diligence  investigations,  and  other  advice  and  negotiation  assistance.  The  fee  for  these  services  was  payable 
quarterly.  In conjunction with the Company’s initial public offering, the Service Agreement was terminated. The 
Onex Partners service expense was $0.2 million, $0.8 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 
2017,  2016  and  2015,  respectively,  and  is  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the 
consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

94

Note 9. Shareholder’s Equity and Stock-Based Compensation

Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. Common Stock Issuances 

In the first quarter of 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Board of Directors approved and granted 8,625, 11,625 and 4,375 
shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock to the Company’s independent directors as part of their Board 
compensation.

On April 28, 2017, the Company’s stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “EEX”. 
On May 3, 2017, the Company completed the initial public offering of its common stock. The Company sold a total 
of 10,333,333 shares of common stock.

On  May  24,  2017,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  and  approved  a  dividend  on  each  share  of  common  stock 
outstanding on the record date (June 7, 2017), payable to the Company’s common stock holders on June 21, 2017. 
The dividend payment was $0.07 per share and resulted in an aggregate dividend payment of $5.1 million. 

On  August  1,  2017,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  and  approved  a  dividend  on  each  share  of  common  stock 
outstanding on the record date (August 17, 2017), payable to the Company’s common stock holders on August 31, 
2017. The dividend payment was $0.07 per share and resulted in an aggregate dividend payment of $5.1 million.

On  October  27,  2017,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  and  approved  a  dividend  on  each  share  of  common  stock 
outstanding  on  the  record  date  (November  16,  2017),  payable  to  the  Company’s  common  stock  holders  on 
November 30, 2017. The dividend payment was $0.07 per share and resulted in an aggregate dividend payment of 
$5.1 million.

Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc.  2013  Stock  Option  Plan  (“the  2013  Plan”)  and  2017  Omnibus  Equity  Plan 
(“the 2017 Plan”) 

Effective June 17, 2013 the Company’s Board of Directors approved the adoption of the Expo Event Holdco, Inc. 
2013  Stock  Option  Plan  (“the  2013  Plan”)  and  reserved  4,963,875  shares  for  awards  to  be  issued  under  the  2013 
Plan. The 2013 Plan was amended effective July 19, 2013 to increase the shares reserved to be issued under the plan 
to 5,227,750 shares. Primarily as a result of the acquisition of GLM in January 2014 and the 17,500,000 additional 
common stock shares issued to partially fund that acquisition, the 2013 Plan was amended effective April 22, 2014 
to reserve an additional 2,177,000 shares for issuance. Following the Company’s IPO, the 2013 Plan will no longer 
be used for future grants.

In  April  2017,  the  Company  adopted  the  2017  Omnibus  Equity  Plan  (the  “2017  Plan”).  The  Company’s 
stockholders  approved  the  2017  Plan  and  it  became  effective  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  initial  public 
offering.  Under  the  2017  Plan,  the  Company  may  grant  incentive  stock  options,  non-statutory  stock  options, 
restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”)  and  stock  appreciation  rights,  dividend  equivalent  rights,  share 
awards and performance-based awards to employees, directors or consultants. The Company has initially reserved 
5,000,000 shares of its common stock for issuance under the 2017 Plan. A total of 4,851,591 shares were available 
for future grant under the 2017 Plan at December 31, 2017.

The Board of Directors determines eligibility, vesting schedules and exercise prices for award grants. Option grants 
have a contractual term of 10 years from the date of grant. Under the 2013 Plan, the options were granted in two or 
three tranches with varying exercise prices with Tranche 1 exercise price being equal to the fair market value the 
Company’s common stock at the date of grant.  Tranche 1: 50% or 75% option shares at exercise price at fair market 
value  of  common  stock  (varied);  Tranche  2:  25%  option  shares  at  exercise  price  above  fair  market  value  and 
Tranche 3: 0% - 25% option shares at exercise price above fair market value. Under the 2017 Plan, the options have 
been granted in one tranche with the exercise price being equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common 
stock at the date of grant.

Vesting of all option grants begins at the first anniversary of the date of grant. Options granted under the 2013 Plan 
vest 20% per year over five years. Options granted under the 2017 Plan vest 25% per year over four years. 

95

Stock Options 

The fair value of stock options is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the 
following assumptions: 

Expected volatility...........................................
Dividend yield .................................................
Risk-free interest rate ......................................
Expected term (in years)..................................
Weighted-average fair value at grant date.......

Expected volatility ........................................
Dividend yield...............................................
Risk-free interest rate ....................................
Expected term (in years) ...............................
Weighted-average fair value at grant date ....

Year Ended December 31, 2015

Weighted-Average

Range
26.14% to 35.55%
0.00%
1.49% to 2.14%
5.50 to 7.50

$

3.57

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Range
25.68% to 33.88%
0.00%
1.15% to 1.65%
5.50 to 7.50

Weighted-Average

$

3.56

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Expected volatility ........................................
Dividend yield...............................................
Risk-free interest rate ....................................
Expected term (in years) ...............................
Weighted-average fair value at grant date ....

Range
24.12% to 26.04%
1.30%
1.91% to 2.04%
5.25 to 7.00

Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2017, was as follows:

Weighted-Average

$

5.53

(share data in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2016.........................
Granted.......................................................................
Exercised....................................................................
Forfeited.....................................................................
Outstanding at December 31, 2017.........................
Exercisable at December 31, 2017 ..........................

Weighted-Average

Number of
Options

Exercise 
Price
per Option

Remaining
Contractual
Term
(years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(millions)

7,157 $
45
(402)
(247)
6,553 $
4,686 $

10.91
22.66
13.15
12.04
10.82
10.64

5.91 $
5.80 $

62.5
45.5

96

Information regarding fully vested and expected to vest stock options as of December 31, 2017 is as follows:

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
$8.00
$10.40
$12.00
$13.03
$16.00
$22.66
$10.82

Number of
Options
3,309
240
1,602
8
1,342
44
6,545

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
5.78
6.92
5.89
8.12
5.93
9.73
5.91

The aggregate intrinsic value is the amount by which the fair value of our common stock exceeded the exercise price 
of  the  options  at  December  31,  2017,  for  those  options  for  which  the  market  price  was  in  excess  of  the  exercise 
price.

The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense for the stock option grants for the years ended December 
31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 of $1.7 million, $3.0 million and $5.1 million, respectively, which is included in selling, 
general  and  administrative  expenses  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive  income.  The 
related deferred tax benefit for stock-based compensation recognized was $0.6 million, $1.1 million and $2.0 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

There  were  4,685,974  stock  options  vested  and  exercisable  at  December  31,  2017.  The  total  fair  value  of  shares 
vested during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 based on weighted average grant date fair value 
was $3.7 million, $3.7 million, and $3.8 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

In 2017, the Company granted RSUs that contain service and, in certain instances, performance conditions to certain 
executives and employees. The Company recognizes cumulative stock-based compensation expense for the portion 
of  the  awards  for  which  the  service  period  and  performance  conditions,  as  applicable,  are  probable  of  being 
satisfied. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the year ended December 31, 2017 was $0.7 million.

The Company’s summary of RSU activity under the 2017 Plan was as follows:

Unvested balance, December 31, 2016 ............................................................
Granted ...............................................................................................................
Forfeited..............................................................................................................
Unvested balance, December 31, 2017 ............................................................

Number of
RSUs

Weighted Average 
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share

-
105
(2)
103

$

$

-
22.02
21.32
22.03

There was a total of $1.2 million unrecognized stock-based compensation expense at December 31, 2017 related to 
unvested stock options and RSUs expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.9 years. 

Note 10. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the 
period. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding 
during the period, plus the dilutive effect of outstanding options, using the treasury stock method and the average 
market  price  of  the  Company's  common  stock  during  the  applicable  period.  Certain  shares  related  to  some  of  the 

97

Company's  outstanding  stock  options  were  excluded  from  the  computation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share  because 
they were antidilutive in the periods presented, but could be dilutive in the future.

On  April  10,  2017,  the  Company  effected  a  125-for-one  stock  split  of  the  Company’s  issued  and  outstanding 
common shares and increased its authorized shares of common stock to 800,000,000 shares. The par value of the 
common stock was not adjusted as a result of the stock split. All issued and outstanding share and per share amounts 
included in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock split. Fractional 
shares resulting from the stock split were rounded down to the nearest whole share. 

The details of the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share are as follows:

(dollars in millions, share data in thousands except earnings per 
share)
Net income .................................................................. $
Weighted average common shares outstanding ..........
Basic earnings per share.............................................. $
Net income .................................................................. $
Weighted average common shares outstanding ..........
Diluted effect of stock options ....................................
Diluted weighted average common shares
   outstanding ...............................................................
Diluted earnings per share........................................... $
Anti-dilutive shares excluded from diluted earnings
   per share calculation ...............................................

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

81.8 $

22.2 $

68,912

61,859

1.19 $
81.8 $

0.36 $
22.2 $

68,912
3,204

61,859
1,435

72,116

63,294

1.13 $

0.35 $

19.6
61,847
0.32
19.6
61,847
669

62,516
0.31

63

1,691

3,666

Note 11. Defined Contribution Plans

On  January  1,  2014,  the  Company  established  the  Emerald  Expositions,  Inc.  401(k)  Savings  Plan  (the  “Emerald 
Plan”).  The Company matches 50% of up to 6% of an eligible plan participant’s compensation for the contribution 
period.  For  each  of  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2016  and  2015  the  Company  recorded  compensation 
expense  of  $0.9  million  for  the  employer  matching  contribution.  On  January  1,  2015  the  Emerald  Plan’s  name 
changed to the Emerald Expositions, LLC 401(k) Savings Plan.

Beginning on January 15, 2014, Emerald acquired as part of the GLM acquisition, the George Little Management, 
LLC 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan (the “GLM Plan”). The GLM Plan was a self-administered defined contribution 
plan. On January 1, 2015 the GLM Plan was merged into the Emerald Plan.

Note 12. Income Taxes

The (benefit from) provision for income taxes attributable to income before income taxes consisted of:

(in millions)
Current
Federal......................................................................... $
State and local .............................................................

Deferred
Federal.........................................................................
State and local .............................................................

2017

December 31,
2016

2015

0.6 $
4.3
4.9

1.0 $
2.6
3.6

(38.9)
(1.0)
(39.9)

11.3
(0.9)
10.4

0.8
1.6
2.4

9.8
(1.9)
7.9

Total (benefit from) provision for income
   taxes............................................................... $

(35.0) $

14.0 $

10.3

98

The  Company’s  provision  for  income  taxes  was  different  from  the  amount  computed  by  applying  the  statutory 
federal income tax rate of 35% to the underlying income before income taxes as a result of the following:

(in millions)
Income before income taxes ............................ $
U.S. statutory tax rate ......................................
Taxes at the U.S. statutory rate.............

Tax effected differences

State and local taxes, net of federal
   benefit......................................................

Excess tax deductions on share-based
   payments.......................................................
Change in valuation allowance........................
Change in tax rates ..........................................
Change in uncertain tax positions....................
Other, net .........................................................
Total (benefit from) provision for
   income taxes ...................................... $

2017

December 31,
2016

2015

$

46.8
35.0%
16.4

$

36.2
35.0%
12.7

29.9
35.0%
10.5

1.9

(1.0)
-
(52.1)
(0.4)
0.2

1.5

-
-
(0.4)
-
0.2

1.3

-
(0.1)
(1.7)
-
0.3

(35.0) $

14.0

$

10.3

The change in tax rates is primarily a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which reduced the Federal Statutory rate 
from  35%  to  21%  beginning  January  1,  2018.  Changes  in  the  relative  mix  of  revenue  derived,  wages  paid  and 
property  locations  by  state,  impact  the  Company’s  apportionment  factors  and  blended  state  tax  rates  which  are 
applied in measuring its deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Deferred taxes consisted of the following:

(in millions)
Deferred tax assets
Net operating loss carryforwards.................................. $
Deferred compensation.................................................
Stock-based compensation............................................
Fixed asset depreciation................................................
Accrued expenses .........................................................
Credits...........................................................................
Other assets...................................................................
Deferred tax assets ..................................................
Valuation allowance .....................................................
Net deferred tax assets.............................................

Deferred tax liabilities
Goodwill and intangible assets .....................................

Net deferred tax liability ......................................... $

Recognized as
Deferred income taxes, noncurrent............................... $
$

December 31,

2017

2016

0.3 $
1.4
4.5
0.4
0.3
2.8
1.1
10.8
(0.3)
10.5

21.3
0.1
6.2
0.8
0.4
3.3
2.0
34.1
(0.3)
33.8

(110.7)
(100.2) $

(173.9)
(140.1)

(100.2) $
(100.2) $

(140.1)
(140.1)

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted on December 22, 2017, and permanently reduces the U.S. federal corporate 
tax rate from 35% to 21%. Accounting Standard Codification ("ASC") 740 requires filers to record the effect of tax 
law changes in the period enacted. However, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 ("SAB 118"), that 
permits  filers  to  record  provisional  amounts  during  a  measurement  period  ending  no  later  than  one  year  from  the 
date of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enactment.

99

As of December 31, 2017, the Company has not completed its accounting for the tax effects of enactment of the Tax 
Cuts  and  Jobs  Act.  However,  the  Company  has  recorded  a  provisional  tax  benefit  of  $52.1  million  for  the 
remeasurement of certain deferred tax liabilities in the U.S. from 35% to 21%. This provisional amount is included 
as a component of (benefit from) provision for income taxes as reported in the consolidated statements of operations 
and comprehensive income.

Additionally, the Company has not recorded provisional amounts for other aspects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, 
including the potential impact of items effective January 1, 2018 and continue to account for those items based on its 
existing  accounting  under  ASC  740  and  the  provisions  of  the  tax  laws  that  were  in  effect  immediately  prior  to 
enactment. Further, the Company anticipates the Department of the Treasury, FASB and other regulators to release 
additional guidance and authority that could affect the accounting for the tax effects of enactment of the Tax Cuts 
and Jobs Act.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately zero 
and $59.9 million, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had federal alternative minimum tax 
(“AMT”)  credit  carryforwards  of  approximately  $2.8  million  and  $3.3  million,  respectively,  and  the  AMT  credits 
have an indefinite carryover period.

The following table reflects changes in the gross unrecognized tax benefits:

(in millions)
Gross unrecognized tax benefits-beginning of
   period............................................................. $
Decreases related to prior year tax positions....
Increases related to current year tax
   provisions ......................................................
Gross unrecognized tax benefits-end of
   period.................................................. $

December 31,

2017

2016

2015

0.4 $
(0.4)

0.4 $
-

0.5
(0.1)

1.7

-

-

1.7 $

0.4 $

0.4

During  all  years  presented,  the  Company  recognized  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits 
within the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The 
amount of interest and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 were not material.

If the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits of $1.7 million as of December 31, 2017 were realized in a future 
period, this would result in a tax benefit of $0.5 million within the provision for income taxes at such time.

Note 13. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases and Other Contractual Arrangements

The Company has entered into operating leases and other contractual obligations to secure real estate facilities and 
trade show venues. These agreements are not unilaterally cancelable by the Company, are legally enforceable and 
specify fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices. 

The amounts presented below represent the minimum annual payments under the Company’s purchase obligations 
that have initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year.

(in millions)
Operating leases ........................... $
Other contractual obligations .......

$

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

There-
after

3.9 $
41.7
45.6 $

3.8 $
18.2
22.0 $

3.9 $
12.6
16.5 $

3.3 $
1.0
4.3 $

3.0 $
0.3
3.3 $

10.8 $
-
10.8 $

Total

28.7
73.8
102.5

Years Ending December 31,

100

Total expenses incurred under operating leases were $4.3 million, $2.6 million and $3.3 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Other Contingent Commitments

Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

The  Company  is  subject  to  litigation  and  other  claims  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  In  the  opinion  of 
management, the Company’s liability, if any, arising from regulatory matters and legal proceedings related to these 
matters is not expected to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, results of 
operations or cash flows.

In the opinion of management, there are no claims, commitments or guarantees pending to which the Company is 
party that would have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Note 14. Accounts payable and other current liabilities

Accounts payable and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

(in millions)
Accrued personnel costs ............................................... $
Other current liabilities .................................................
Contingent consideration ..............................................
Accrued event costs ......................................................
Trade payables ..............................................................
Accrued interest ............................................................

Total accounts payable and other current liabilities.. $

December 31,

2017

2016

7.6 $
6.4
1.6
3.6
5.3
0.5
25.0 $

7.0
5.2
8.5
3.6
3.8
0.1
28.2

Other current liabilities is primarily comprised of corporate accruals and the current portion of the liability related to 
the interest rate swap and floor.

Note 15. Subsequent Event

On  January  26,  2018,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved,  and  the  Company  subsequently  declared,  the 
payment  of  a  cash  dividend  of  $0.07  per  share  for  the  quarter  ending  March  31,  2018  to  holders  of  record  of  the 
Company’s common stock as of February 9, 2018.

101

Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. (parent company only)
Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Condensed Balance Sheets
December 31, 2017 and 2016 

 (dollars in millions, share data in thousands except par value)
Assets
Current assets

Receivable from related parties..................................................................... $
Total current assets ..................................................................................

Noncurrent assets

Long term receivable from related parties ....................................................
Investment in subsidiaries .............................................................................

Total assets............................................................................................... $

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current liabilities

Payable to subsidiary..................................................................................... $
Total current liabilities.............................................................................

Noncurrent liabilities

Long term payable to subsidiary ...................................................................

Total liabilities ......................................................................................... $

Shareholders' equity

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; authorized shares at December 31, 2017: 
80,000; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 .................
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized shares: 800,000;
Issued and outstanding shares: 72,604 and 61,860 at December 31,
   2017 and 2016, respectively.......................................................................
Additional paid-in capital..............................................................................
Retained earnings ..........................................................................................

Total shareholders' equity ........................................................................ $
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ................................................. $

2017

2016

-
-

-
761.2
761.2

-
-

-
-

-

0.7
677.1
83.4
761.2
761.2

$

$

$

$

$
$

-
-

-
527.7
527.7

-
-

-
-

-

0.6
510.3
16.8
527.7
527.7

102

Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. (parent company only)
Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Condensed Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income 
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 (dollars in millions)
Revenues........................................................................................... $
Other income ....................................................................................
Cost of revenues ...............................................................................
Selling, general and administrative expense.....................................
Depreciation and amortization expense............................................
Intangible asset impairment charge ..................................................
Operating income ........................................................................
Interest expense ................................................................................
Loss on extinguishment of debt........................................................
Income before income taxes........................................................
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes .......................................

Earnings before equity in net income and comprehensive
   income of subsidiaries..............................................................
Equity in net income and comprehensive income of subsidiaries....

Net income and comprehensive income...................................... $

2017

2016

2015

$

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 

$

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 

-
81.8
81.8

$

-
22.2
22.2

$

-
19.6
19.6

103

 
 
 
Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. (parent company only)
Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 

1. Basis of Presentation

In  the  parent-company-only  financial  statement,  Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc.’s  investment  in  subsidiaries  is 
stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since the date of acquisition. The parent-company-
only  financial  statements  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements.  A 
condensed  statement  of  cash  flows  was  not  presented  because  Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc.’s  net  operating 
activities have no cash impact and there were no investing or financing cash flow activities during the fiscal years 
ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Income  taxes  and  non-cash  stock-based  compensation  have  been  allocated  to  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  for  the 
fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

2. Guarantees and Restrictions 

On  May  22,  2017,  EEH  entered  into  the  Amended  and  Restated    Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities,  by  and  among 
Expo  Event  Midco,  Inc.  (“EEM”),  EEH  and  EEH’s  subsidiaries  as  guarantors,  various  lenders  from  time  to  time 
party  thereto  and    Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as  administrative  agent.  The  Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured 
Credit Facilities include restrictions on the ability of EEH and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional liens and 
indebtedness,  make  investments  and  dispositions,  pay  dividends  and  make  intercompany  loans  and  advances  or 
enter  into  other  transactions,  among  other  restrictions,  in  each  case  subject  to  certain  exceptions.  Under  the 
Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facilities, EEH is permitted to pay dividends so long as immediately 
after giving effect thereto, no default or event of default had occurred and was continuing, (a) up to an amount equal 
to,  (i)  a  basket  that  builds  based  on  50%  of  EEH’s  Consolidated  Net  Income  (as  defined  in  the  Amended  and 
Restated  Credit  Facilities)  and  certain  other  amounts,  subject  to  various  conditions  including  compliance  with  a 
fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.0 to 1.0 and (b) in certain additional limited amounts, subject to certain exceptions 
set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Since the restricted net assets of EEH and its subsidiaries exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company 
and  its  subsidiaries,  the  accompanying  condensed  parent  company  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in 
accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule 1 of Regulation S-X. This information should be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying consolidated financial statements.

104

Emerald Expositions Events, Inc.
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Description
Year Ended December 31, 2017:
Allowance for doubtful accounts ............................... $
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance ...................... $

Year Ended December 31, 2016:
Allowance for doubtful accounts ............................... $
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance ...................... $

Year Ended December 31, 2015:
Allowance for doubtful accounts ............................... $
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance ...................... $

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Additions

Charged to
Costs &
Expenses

Charged to
Other
Accounts
(in millions)

Balance at
End of
Period

Deductions

0.7
0.3

1.9
0.3

1.8
0.4

0.5
-

0.7
-

0.7
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

(0.4) $
- $

(1.9) $
- $

(0.6) $
(0.1) $

0.8
0.3

0.7
0.3

1.9
0.3

105

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  has 
evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) 
and 15(d)-15(e)), as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon the evaluation, the Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the disclosure 
controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in 
the reports we file and submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within 
the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, 
including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions 
regarding  required  disclosure.  In  designing  and  evaluating  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management 
recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable 
assurance of achieving their objectives, and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the benefits 
of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs. 

Changes in Internal Control

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management's evaluation 
pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the period covered by this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial 
reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  does  not  include  a  report  of  management’s  assessment  regarding  our 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act)  or  an  attestation 
report of our independent registered accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities 
and Exchange Commission for newly public companies. Additionally, our independent registered public accounting 
firm  will  not  be  required  to  opine  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  pursuant  to 
Section 404 until we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act.

Item 9B. Other Information. 

None.

106

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

PART III 

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  included  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  for  the  2018  Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with 
the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

Item 11. Executive Compensation. 

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2018 Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with 
the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters.

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  included  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  for  the  2018  Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with 
the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  included  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  for  the  2018  Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with 
the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  included  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  for  the  2018  Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with 
the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. 

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

PART IV

(a)(1) and (a)(2) The  financial  statements  set  forth  in  the  Index  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  the 
Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K included in 
Item 8.

(a)(3) and (b)

The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed as part of this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K and either filed herewith or incorporated by reference herein, as applicable.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary. 

None.

107

Exhibit Index

Exhibit
Number
3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4+

10.5

10.6

10.7+

10.8+

10.9+

10.10+

Description
Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc.,  dated  as  of 
April 27,  2017  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K filed  by 
Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 3, 2017).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. (A Delaware Corporation), dated as 
of April 27, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by 
Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 3, 2017).
Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-217091) filed by 
Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 10, 2017).
Registration Rights Agreement, among Expo Event Holdco, Inc., Onex American Holdings II LLC, Expo 
EI LLC, Expo EI II LLC, Onex US Principals LP, Onex Advisor III LLC, Onex Partners III LP, Onex 
Partners  III  PV  LP,  Onex  Partners  III  Select  LP  and  Onex  Partners  III  GP  LP,  dated  July  19,  2013 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registrant’s  Form  S-1  Registration  Statement 
(Registration  No.  333-217091)  filed  by  Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc.  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission on April 10, 2017).
Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  among  Emerald  Expositions  Holding,  Inc.,  the  guarantors 
party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. and other lenders party thereto, dated May 22, 2017 (incorporated 
by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.1  to  the  Current  Report  on Form 8-K filed  by  Emerald  Expositions  Events, 
Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 25, 2017).
Refinancing  Agreement  and  First  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  among 
Emerald  Expositions  Holding,  Inc.,  the  guarantors  party  thereto,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.  and  the  other 
lenders party thereto, dated November 27, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current 
Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  by  Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc.  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission on December 1, 2017).
Repricing  Agreement  and  Second  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  among 
Emerald  Expositions  Holding,  Inc.,  the  guarantors  party  thereto,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.  and  the  other 
lenders party thereto, dated November 29, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current 
Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  by  Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc.  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission on December 1, 2017).
2017  Omnibus  Equity  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Quarterly  Report  on 
Form 10-Q filed by Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
May 25, 2017).
Amended  and  Restated  Stockholders’  Agreement  by  and  among  Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc. 
(formerly known as Expo Event Holdco, Inc.) and the stockholders party thereto, dated as of April 27, 
2017  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K filed  by  Emerald 
Expositions Events, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 3, 2017). 
Termination Agreement, by and among Emerald Expositions Holdings, Inc. and Onex Partners Manager 
LP,  dated  as  of  April  27,  2017  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Quarterly  Report  on 
Form 10-Q filed by Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
May 25, 2017). 
Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Current 
Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  by  Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc.  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission on June 14, 2017).
Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement  under  the  2017  Omnibus  Equity  Plan  (for  non-California  residents) 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  filed  by  Emerald 
Expositions Events, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2017). 
Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement  under  the  2017  Omnibus  Equity  Plan  (for  California  residents) 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  filed  by  Emerald 
Expositions Events, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2017). 
Form  of  Post-IPO  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  under  the  2017  Omnibus  Equity  Plan 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  filed  by  Emerald 
Expositions Events, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2017). 

108

10.11

10.12+

Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 
S-1  Registration  Statement  (Registration  No.  333-217091)  filed  by  Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc. 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 10, 2017).
Employment  Agreement,  by  and  between  Emerald  Expositions,  LLC  and  David  Loechner,  dated  as  of 
June  17,  2013  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Registrant’s  Form  S-1  Registration 
Statement (Registration No. 333-217091) filed by Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017).

10.12.1+ Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between Emerald Expositions, LLC and David 
Loechner,  dated  as  of  March  30,  2017  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4.1  to  the  Registrant’s 
Form  S-1  Registration  Statement  (Registration  No.  333-217091)  filed  by  Emerald  Expositions  Events, 
Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017).
Employment  Agreement,  by  and  between  Emerald  Expositions,  LLC  and  Philip  Evans,  dated  July  14, 
2014  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  to  the  Registrant’s  Form  S-1  Registration  Statement 
(Registration  No.  333-217091)  filed  by  Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc.  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017).

10.13+

10.15+

10.14+

10.16+

10.13.1+ Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between Emerald Expositions, LLC and Philip 
Evans, dated March 30, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.1 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 
Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-217091) filed by Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017).
Amended and Restated Expo Event Holdco, Inc. 2013 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-217091) filed by 
Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017).
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated Expo Event Holdco, Inc. 2013 Stock 
Option Plan (for non-California residents) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s 
Form  S-1  Registration  Statement  (Registration  No.  333-217091)  filed  by  Emerald  Expositions  Events, 
Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017).
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated Expo Event Holdco, Inc. 2013 Stock 
Option Plan (for California residents) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Form 
S-1  Registration  Statement  (Registration  No.  333-217091)  filed  by  Emerald  Expositions  Events,  Inc. 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017).
Form of Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 
Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-217091) filed by Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017).
Deal Success Bonus Agreement, by and between Emerald Expositions, LLC and David Loechner, dated 
as of July 27, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration 
Statement (Registration No. 333-217091) filed by Emerald Expositions Events, Inc. with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2017).
List of subsidiaries of Emerald Expositions Events, Inc.
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification  of  Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer  Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

21.1*
23.1*
31.1*

10.18+

10.17+

31.2*

32.1*

101.INS XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*
+

Filed herewith.
Management compensatory plan or arrangement.

109

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the 
Registrant  has  duly  caused  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned, 
thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: February 22, 2018

EMERALD EXPOSITIONS EVENTS, INC.

By: /s/ Philip T. Evans
Philip T. Evans
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal 
Accounting Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned directors and officers of Emerald 
Expositions Events, Inc. constitutes and appoints each of Philip Evans and David Gosling, or either of them, each 
acting alone, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for 
him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments to this Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K  and  to  file  the  same,  with  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  granting  unto  said  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents,  and  each  of  them,  acting 
alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in 
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying 
and confirming all that either of the said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully 
do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  this  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the 
dates indicated.

Name

Title

Date

/s/ David Loechner
David Loechner

/s/ Philip T. Evans
Philip T. Evans

/s/ Konstantin Gilis
Konstantin Gilis

/s/ Michael Alicea
Michael Alicea

/s/ Todd Hyatt
Todd Hyatt

/s/ Amir Motamedi
Amir Motamedi

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer)

February 22, 2018

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal 
Accounting Officer)

February 22, 2018 

Chairman of the Board and Director 

February 22, 2018 

Director

Director 

Director 

110

February 22, 2018 

February 22, 2018 

February 22, 2018 

/s/ Jeffrey Naylor
Jeffrey Naylor

/s/ Emmanuelle Skala
Emmanuelle Skala

Director 

Director 

February 22, 2018 

February 22, 2018 

111

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

Kosty Gilis
Chairman
Member of Compensation Committee
Member of Nominating & Corporate 
    Governance Committee

Todd Hyatt
Director
Member of Audit Committee

Amir Motamedi
Director
Member of Audit Committee
Member of Compensation Committee

Emmanuelle Skala
Director

Michael Alicea
Director
Chairman of Compensation Committee

David Loechner
Director

Jeff Naylor 
Director
Chairman of Audit Committee
Member of Compensation Committee
Chairman of Nominating & Corporate 
    Governance Committee

M A N A G E M E N T   T E A M

CORPORATE LEADERSHIP

David Loechner
President & CEO

Bill Charles
CIO

Lori Jenks
SVP — Trade Show Operations

Eric Lisman
EVP – Corporate Development

Darrell Denny
EVP

Joe Randall
EVP

Gannon Brousseau
SVP

Philip Evans
CFO

David Gosling
SVP — General Counsel & Secretary

Joanne Wheatley
SVP – Marketing & Digital Operations

Eileen Deady
VP – Human Resources

MARKET LEADERSHIP

Christopher McCabe
EVP

Karalynn Sprouse
EVP

I N V E S T O R   R E L A T I O N S

investor.relations@emeraldexpo.com   •   +866-339-4688 (866-EEX-INVT)

Emerald Expositions, LLC  •  31910 Del Obispo, Suite 200, San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675  •  949.226.5700  •  www.emeraldexpositions.com  •  NYSE: EEX